Home

Owner`s Manual

1. j Maintenance HE IMMMP M M MM MNMNMNS MA o A IIo_ ire a _ _ __rrrrrr mmmmm_ MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 6 000 km OR 6 MONTHS a gt 7 ri xi Z AIR CLEANER FILTER MORE FREQUENTLY CRE SPARK PLUGS MORE FREQUENTLY A B H I K DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR BRAKE DRUMS LININGS PARKING BRAKE MORE FREQUENTLY C DGH STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER MORE FREQUENTLY C D EFGHI ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 12 000 km OR 6 MONTHS C DE RGH I Maintenance n Ne MAINTENANCE ITEM planta ie MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER P FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distances of less than 8 km in normal temperature or less than 16 km in freezing temperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C Drivi
2. j Features of your vehicle DISPLAY SETTINGS Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes Con Coft Press the key gt Select selection mode Display through TUNE knob or During On state press the key Select menu through or key to display the mode TUNE knob change pop up screen Text Scroll Text Scroll Set COn Coft_ Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key Select Sound through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE knob gt Turn TUNE knob left right to set e Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Virtual Sound The PoewrBass Powerlreble and Surround can be set Select Virtual Sound gt Set menu through TUNE knob gt Set CO through TUNE knob e PowerBass This is a sound sys tem feature that provides live bass e PowerTreble
3. Folder B ies Folder D Song File Folder AA Folder BA O C Folder BB O C Folder AB Folder ABA il Folder ABB DO Features of your vehicle SIRIUS ENTER No Bluetooth logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Audio Head Unit SIRIUSA Bluetooth radio 3 MEDIA PHone 1 GB EJECT e Ejects the disc 2 e Changes to FM AM SIRIUS mode e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys WE to select the desired mode 3 e Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio modes Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio modes In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 e Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is dis played 5 REGIA TRACK Radio Mode Automatically searches for broadcast frequen cies
4. How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 4 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Introduction EEE HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommen dations provided in these instructions 4 CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution Is ignored
5. Base curb weight 0 5 56 B attery eee 0000 7 34 B attery saver O IO 4 70 Before driving 5 3 Bottle holders see cup iis ee 4 97 Brake SYSTEM ei 5 21 Anti lock brake system ABS i 5 24 Electronic stability program ESC 00000 5 25 Hill start assist control ssesssssesssssssesssssssssssssssseo 5 28 Parking brake ni 5 22 Power Drakea aeree NE EE i 5 21 Vehicle stability management iii 5 29 Brakes clutch fluid cccccseseseeccceceetcesccccccensssscceseeasesesees 7 29 Bulb Wattage ci iii 8 3 C Colin 4 100 Capacities Lubricants iii 8 6 Car option i 4 50 Care Extenof cafe aa 7 60 Intetior cafre oC rara 7 64 ihe eo Ce oe EREEREER EERE 7 37 Carso Capacity eeta ees ana e 5 52 Carso Weisht scicrcicnio iii a 5 56 Center console Storage iii iii 4 92 Central door lock Swit His rrninrirririnni 4 16 Certification label ii 5 54 8 8 Changing tires ionici ir 6 14 Checking tire inflation pressure TAR Child restraint SYSTEM cei 3 22 Lower anchor 3 28 Seat bella 3 24 Tether anchor SYSteM eee 3 26 Child protector rear door lock 4 18 Cigarette lighter CR ee E R 4 96 Climate control atr hifi 4 81 7 32 Clock Digital ecreis 4 99 Clothes hanger siriani evi ein ic 4 100 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 41 Compact spare iaia 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement E E 7 41 Cooler 7 26 Cooling fluid see engine coolant iii 7 26 Crankcase emission control system 7 66 Cruise control SYSTEM ci 5 32 Cup h
6. Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height A CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehi
7. The system stops operating when the transaxle is in the P Park R Reverse N Neutral position or sports mode or when the instant fuel consumption mode is selected Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in chapter 5 NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF ESC or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Features of your vehicle LCD display warning if equipped For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Key is not in vehicle Key not in vehicle 0UB043073 If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start stop button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illumi nates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected og Key not detected 0UB043074 If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the engine start stop butto
8. cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle e Audio CD commands Commands available during e MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Repeats the current track order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen Repeat Repeats the current file tial order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder Features of your vehicle iPod Commands Commands available during iPod e My Music Commands Commands available during operation My Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to pl
9. For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS compatible receiver and a subscrip tion service fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIR IUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com service terms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS Features of your vehicle SIRIUS RADIO Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIR IUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will n
10. NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction EEE FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an author ized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator BS will illuminate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gaso line and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability problems and dam age to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability p
11. 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections 4 CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should h
12. Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms e Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected e When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system After downloading the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to EAMA System gt Prompt Feedback e For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom Kim etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for all contacts e g use Jacob Stevenson instead of Dad 2 Do not use a
13. The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Safety features of your vehicle Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passen ger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the se
14. To close the sunroof push the sunroof lever forward or pull downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Features of your vehicle Do not extend the face neck arms or body outside the sunroof while driving With the sunroof open for an extended period of time dirt may accumulate on the guide rails causing noise during opening and closing Periodically remove dirt using a clean cloth 4 CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or OBK049019 when the sunroof is covered with Sunshade snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged When opening the sunroof the sunshade will also open Once the sunroof is closed the sunshade can be manually closed Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof X For more detailed information contact Whenever the vehicle battery is discon an authorized Kia dealer nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys NOTICE tem as follows If the sunroof is not reset when the vehi cle battery is disconnected or dis 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi charged or related fuse is blown the tion and close the sunroof completely sunroof may operate improperly 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Within 3 seconds push and ho
15. e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accenis or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Instead always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts Do not use special characters e g amp etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands Starting voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Please say a command after the beep BEEP More Help x P More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Cal
16. ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s abil ity to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pedal Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum b
17. if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e Press the switch to the Lock position 1 all vehicle doors will lock Press the switch to the Unlock posi tion 2 all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature If equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows Auto door unlock by using the driver s door lock button Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help pr
18. piMmMk _X e e ai _ 1 L h 1__iiza _ 19 Smooth cornering srrciierie iveco ezine 5 45 Sii 5 48 Spare tire Compact spare lla 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement aaa 7 41 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 14 Special driving conditions iii i _s 6 5 44 Driving at might scuri ninni 5 45 Driving in flooded areas nina 5 46 Driving in the Taie 5 46 Hazardous driving conditions urine 5 44 Highway driving eerren aiiai 5 47 Rocking the vehicle 120106 5 44 Smooth cornering iii _ 1 a 5 45 Speedometer innies nono niazionini 4 42 Sports Mods 5 17 SRS components and TUNIS 3 33 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 3 Steering Wheel E 4 35 Electric power steering aaa 4 35 IP hic e I E OTT 453 Tilt amp Telescoping steering ncsiciiiiiizeion 4 36 Steering wheel audio controluce 4 103 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ceee 5 52 Storage compartment ie 4 92 Center console storage 4 92 olbia 4 93 Cobra 4 92 Lussage net ninni iii 4 93 Lussage tray siii e e aisi ioni ivniriizinizioe 4 94 SR N AA N E TAT 4 31 OOO O E T OT 4 98 To O O APs GNA i anres anr e nE ERE E EEEE i 4 42 Tae e E E 4 20 Emergency safety release riscioriizi inizino 4 21 Telescoping steering eissor eenean 4 36 Tether anchor SYSTEM cere 3 26 Theft alarm SYSTEM tt 4 12 Ted hook 6 30 Tilt steering aaa 4 36 Tire and loading information label 11000 5 51 Ti
19. such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal e If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where is the signal blocked by moun tains CA Mountains TS TE Buildings Unobstructed st area Iron bridges SATELITE2 If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 10m 30 ft or more for example on an road that goes through a dense forest The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the SIRIUS repeater network There may be other unforeseen circum stances leading to reception problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equip ment In such a case use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment F eatures of vour vehicle Care of disc if equipped If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventila tion before using your car audio lt is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA AAC WAVE files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs
20. 10A Sunroof Motor Immobilizer Module Start Stop Button Switch Smart Key Control Module Smart Key Control Module Immobilizer Module ECM PCM Transaxle Range Switch Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 Condenser BCM Smart Key Control Module Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module Cluster lonizer Rain Sensor A C Control Module Sunroof Motor PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay Head Lamp HI Relay Fuel Pump 1 Relay Multifunction Switch Front Wiper Motor PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Rain Sensor Relay Front Wiper Relay Door Lock Unlock Relay Tail Gate Unlock Relay Two Turn Unlock Relay Driver Safety Power Window Module Seat Warmer Switch Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module Power Outside Mirror Switch BCM Door Warning Switch Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Instrument Cluster Digital Clock A C Control Module Luggage Lamp Maintenance Fuse rating Circuit Protected With ISG Low DC DC Convertor AUDIO 20A _ W O ISG Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Head Lamp LH License Lamp RIDIRE 10A Rear Combination Lamp IN OUT LH Head Lamp RH License Lamp ILL TAIL LAMP RH 10A Rear Combination Lamp IN OUT RH With Burglar Alarm Burglar Alarm Relay W O Burglar Alarm Transaxle Range Switch A T Smart Key Control Module M T Ignition Lock Switch M T ECM M T PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay M T Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH ee ee 296
21. 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear When the system is not working proper ly the indicator is not displayed Features of vour vehicle E Iype B E Type A OUB041177N Automatic transaxle shift position indicator if equipped The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected E Type B E Type A OUB041062 Illumination intensity The illumination intensity of the instru ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch For more details refer to Instrument panel illumination in section 4 E lype B User Settings Car Option Maintenance gt a OUB041069 User Settings only for Type B cluster if equipped 1 Stop the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position or engine running 2 Press the TRIP button until the User setting is displayed 3 With the User setting displayed press the TRIP button for 2 seconds 4 You can change the item by pressing the TRIP button and select an item by pressing the RESET button Features of vour vehicle User Settings Car Option NI f Align Steering Wheel VJ Temperature Unit _ BON i E Celsius UOFF 4 OFahrenheit Maintenance EXIT OUB041064 0UB041065 OUB041066 Car option only for Type B clus Align steering wheel Outside temperature unit ter if equipped Steering position if equipped if equipped 1 When the vehicle is at a stan
22. Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks of roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may over heat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are needed it is nec essary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid accelera tion sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very haz ardous practices During deceleratio
23. Features of vour vehicle drit CFTE HS gt OUB041107 OUB041108 OUB041106 2 MAX A C Level B D if equipped Instrument panel vents Temperature control The MAX A C mode is used to cool the The outlet vents canbe opened or closed The temperature control knob allows you inside of the vehicle faster separately using the thumbwheel to control the temperature of the air flow In this mode the air conditioning andthe Also you can adjust the direction of air ing from the ventilation system To recirculated air position will be selected delivered from these vents using the vent change the air temperature in the pas automatically control lever as shown senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected 0UB041109 Air intake control This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the gt button will not illuminate 4 when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh
24. If the seat moves it is not locked properly 0UB031003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock Safety features of your vehicle 0UB031004 Seat height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat move the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times ia an jas L de Pe e 0UB031042N Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away fr
25. Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt and telescoping if equipped steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges ne ili T i Mi aa S i 0UB041029 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjus
26. The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed Electric power steering EPS system warning light N If equipped This warning light illuminates after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go off when the engine starts This light also comes on when the EPS has malfunctioned If it comes on while driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer g4 This warning light indicates the fuel filler cap is not tighten securely Always make sure that the fuel filler cap is tight Fuel cap open warning indicator i el Features of vour vehicle ECOMINDER indicator if equipped ECO The ECOMINDER indicator is displayed to help you improve fuel efficiency when you are driving e The ECOMINDER indicator will turn the ECO light green on the instrument panel when you are driving efficiently in the ECO ON mode If you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the TRIP button When the instant fuel consumption mode if equipped is displayed on the LCD display or the system is not work ing properly the indicator turns off If the indicator turns off when the instant fuel consumption mode or ECO OFF mode is not selected have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Fuel efficiency depends on the driver s driving habit and road condition
27. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception IONOSPHERE JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage Features of vour vehicle FM radio station Mountains JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate ra
28. Weight 68 kg 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 74 kg 163 lbs x 5 Available Cargo and 249 kg Available Cargo and 45 kg Available Cargo and 15 kg Luggage weight 549 Ibs Luggage weight 99 lbs Luggage weight 34 lbs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight __ j Driving your vehicle Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pillar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your deal er can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehi cle can carr
29. brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch system If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible 4 CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality can not be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly dn i ee Maintenance io a TRANSAXLE WASHER FLUID It is recommended that the automatic transaxle fluid should be ch
30. e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions vs OLM032311L The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sen sors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision n i i n i Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit o Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection 1VQA2089 In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safetv features of vour vehicle pe ape Re per 1 Tee ee lee ar 1VQA2090 I 0UB031046N oo C A 1VQA2092 e Just before impact drivers often
31. in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cos metic oil sun cream hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic co
32. mands After saying this command say Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial Number execute corresponding functions Display the Favorite screen Displays the Call History screen Displays the Contacts screen After saying this command say the name of a contact saved in the Contacts to automatically con nect the call Display the Dial number screen After saying this command you can say the number that you want to call Connects the most recently called number Provide guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth connections Command Radio FM1 FM One FM2 FM Two AM FM Preset 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 AM 530 1710 Function e When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 FM1 e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen e When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played FM screen Displays the FM1 screen Displays the FM2 screen Displays the AM screen Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency e When currently listening to the SIRIUS maintains the current state e When listening to a
33. n _ A b j wr P _ FI Side impact piti ss PT Del bkal a T ie e ni a OUB031045N Ba i A lh OLM032310L The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright posi tion with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system cal a 7 LI ni al bp t E E 1 AL mi i f T Pe i F at 4 i OTETO SEE TOO ELLI ee EEE a a E oe ssnnarrre A F Fang _f sE es vi ae OLM032311L The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along bot
34. the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Air bag warning light 3 r ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplement Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the air bag warn ing light does not come on or continu ously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system el Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution OA EBD system sys BRAKE warning light If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehi cle s A
35. up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance E Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running
36. 10km 4 6miles or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h 50 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any Unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road If this occures call for roadside service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant remove the sealant stained with tire pressure sensors and wheel and inspect in authorized dealer Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 7 10km 4 6miles or about 10min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition switched on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Loosen the screw cap 8 on the compressor hose
37. 7 30 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OUB071103N Seat 3 2 Seat belts 3 12 Child restraint system 3 22 Airbag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 30 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safetv features of vour vehicle SEAT Driver s seat 1 Forward and rearward Seatback angle Seat cushion height Seat warmer Headrest 2 3 4 5 Front passenger s seat 6 Forward and rearward 7 Seatback angle 8 Seat warmer 9 Headrest Rear seat 10 Headrest 11 Seatback folding Safety features of your vehicle d WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals d WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possi bly impacting you or other passen gers d WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions
38. Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL n Ne _ e O0UB 081004N The engine number is stamped on the a 0UB071018 The tires supplied on your new vehicle engine block as shown in the drawing are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle dn i n i n i i n Index A Active Eco System ee ne 5 41 Air bag warning label unmincniniianizaiiz 3 53 Air bag warning lightwnccirciii cii i1_ ome e E T 3 30 Air bag warning label iiz 16 3 53 Air bag warning light unirmi e 222 Curtain air bagnini iiviizicici zarina 3 45 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 41 Occupant detection SYSTEM iii 3 36 Side impact air bagni rienza 3 44 SRS components and functions ssssssssessssssssssssssssssseess 3 33 bela Tii Antenna Roof essers 4 102 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 24 Appearance Care eter iiiaae a aa 7 60 Exterior care ninna 7 60 Interior care annua 7 64 Asiaan AA iii zionii veni niininizienizni 4 96 Audio System cresci 4 102 OR O N TI 4 102 Steering wheel audio control 4 103 Automatic transaxle esssssssssssessesseesesseesseseessseseeseeseseseeee 5 15 Sion N O 5 19 Sports Nie ee ee 5 17 Automatic transaxle TIC nina 7 30 Aux USB and iPod porte ririioninizinni 4 104 B
39. Cup holder RR RR IR 4 97 Digital clock and calendar Galdi a nia Bali a a E E 4 99 Floor mat anchor s O OOO 4 101 Power outlet CI IR I IA I A 4 98 Shopping bag holder SEA GGGRA GA 4 99 Sliding armrest 0000000000 eee eee eee ee recco reo reo ce ceo seceo secco reo cezeone 4 97 Sunvisor CR OI O TT 4 98 Interior light AOR RE ee Or OOO IO 4 78 Interior Overview aavajintai a aye e dija arel diate areata aleve dia eyerel aie 01 E da uiuiaie ecalatavslauloiavalareierasioreia 2 2 ISG system E T A a a dada ea 5 37 J Jack and tools E dea E E T r r E TT 6 13 Jump starting PE 166 Sar T I RR REI 6 4 K o S Key positions E A a E landa 5 4 Keys ROIO III OOO OTO E A cares se 4 2 Immobilizer key ba erated E E oie orara E aie cataseuetoe rata 4 10 Remote or Smart key battery replacement 4 97 OO EE L Label Air bag warning label resiente n 3 53 Refrigerant label innaie ninni iniziai 2 9 Tire sidewall labeling scsi ie 6 7 42 Tire specification and pressure label 000 8 9 Vehicle certification label ii 8 8 LCD display warning zio 4 63 Liohtingeecicriniriiniri ini iicaeziion zio nicizicni zii 4 70 Battery saver function nananana 4 70 Lower anchor iii 3 57 Lubricants and capace oen aeaea 8 6 Luggage Net ccrsiinerioninioniiriininiiir iii 4 93 Luppage tray mmie iniziai 4 94 M Mantenne 4 51 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 1 22 Maintenance Services nina 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage con
40. DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2013 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction Maintenance e o 06 gEYIOEeeaa aa__ 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be f
41. Driver Safety Power Window Module 5A P WDW RH o Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH Passenger Power Window Switch ECM PCM A C Control Module HTD MIRR Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Circuit Protected MULTI MDPS EPS Control Module FUSE 125A Alternator Be I P Junction Box Power Connector Fuse ROOM LP 10A AUDIO 20A Fuse FOG LP FRT 15A MODULE 1 10A STOP LP 15A Tail Lamp Relay INVERTER MS a a I P Junction Box Fuse HAZARD 15A PDM 1 25A PDM 2 10A SUNROOF 15A DR LOCK 20A SAFETY POWER WINDOW 25A S HEATER 2 15A FOLD G MIRR 10A Power Window Relay aon MC Smart Key PDM Relay Box ESCL ACC Relay ESCL IG1 Relay aon M Smart Key Ignition Switch ee _ Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel ECUI ECU3 BLOWER C FAN F PUMP H LAMP HORN ECU2 WIPER ECU4 NJECTOR SENSORI SENSOR2 Fuse rating Circuit Protected 40A 30A 40A 40A 20A 20A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM Relay Box ESCL IG2 Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp LO Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Horn Relay Burglar Alarm Horn Relay 10A A T PCM Transaxle Range Switch ECM PCM Rain Sensor M T ECM A T E R Junction Box ECU_VM 10A ECM PCM ECM PCM PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 1 Relay Head La
42. Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system When Audio Streaming is turned on Use a to adjust the out you can play music files saved in 99M9 volume level your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Technology While on a call the volume can be device through the audio system changed by using the ko e To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to gt Phone and select Yes j Features of your vehicle Voice Recognition When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed within the user s manual are sup ported Be aware that during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recogni tion mode For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the drivers seat and maintain a proper position when saying commands Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heating device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels
43. Press RPT again to turn repeat off Album Random Press the key Set Alb RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays albums within the currently playing category in random order Press Alb RDM again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set GIA RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Some iPod models may not sup port communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation IPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation e The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the interface The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by th eaudio system To use iPod features within the audio use the cab
44. The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 sec onds The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 sec onds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed dn i A Features of your vehicle e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 sec onds Then the system will be dis armed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e
45. The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A distance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver WARNING Seat adjustment e Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat forward will cause strong pres sure on the abdomen Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track while adjusting the seat Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism dn i n i E i tl Safety features of your vehicle OUB031002 Front seat adjustment Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever
46. This is a sound sys tem feature that provides live tre ble Surround This is a sound system feature that provides surround sound Features of your vehicle Speed Dependent Volume Voice Recognition Volume Control Adjusts voice recognition volume This feature is used to automatically Select Voice Recognition Vol Set control the volume level according to volume of the speed of the vehicle Select SDVC Set in 4 levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob TUNE knob Features of your vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key Select Clock through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings gt Set through TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the TUNE knob to set the minute Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD YYYY Select Calendar Settings gt Set through TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the TUNE knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Month Day Year Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off Set Con y through TUNE knob Displays screen Turn off time date on Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key Select System Select menu through TUN
47. adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 3 Ti
48. air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air con ditioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessive ly dry air in the passenger compartment el Features of your vehicle 0UB041110 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan 0UB043208 To turn off the blowers To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 position O0UB041111 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature co
49. an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type 4 CAUTION Fuse replace for lower amperage rating cartridge type ment and multi fuse for higher amperage rat Do not use a screwdriver or any ings other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system OTA070039 A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by NOTICE fuses The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items dn i n i i n Maintenance 4 CAUTION When replacing an open fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and termi nals may be fastened incomplete ly and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are open consult with an authorized Kia dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driver or wiring It may cause con tact failure and system malfunc tion 0UB071019 Instrument panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 Pu
50. and body are safely out of the way Features of your vehicle HOOD 0UB041023 OUB041021 SZ 0UB041022 il ih Opening the hood 2 Go to in front of the vehicle raise the 3 Pull out the support rod from the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly push the secondary latch 4 Hold the hood opened with the support 1 inside of the hood center and lift rod h The h houl ood The hood should pop open the hood 2 slightly Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automat ic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing All filler caps in the engine compart ment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm 1 ft above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place The support rod must be inserted com pletely into the hole whenever you inspect the engine compartment This will prevent the hood from falling and possi bly injuring you Features of vour vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap
51. at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operat ing conditions and are not hazardous Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illu minate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illumi nates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After activation pre ten sioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized
52. belt or open the driver s door while depressing the brake pedal When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control system on The green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out after blinking for 5 seconds and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display for type B cluster Condition of ISG system opera tion The ISG system will operate under the following condition The driver s seat belt is fastened The driver s door and hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is more than 28 4 F 2 C The outside temperature is under 89 6 F 32 C The engine coolant temperature is not low The vehicle is on a flat road surface Auto Stop Function Limited QUB051067N e If the ISG system does not meet that operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate e If the light comes on continuously please check the operation condition Driving your vehicle I 0UB051011 ISG system deactivation e If you want to deactivate the ISG sys tem press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illumi nate and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display for type B cluster If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF button will turn off OUB051006 0U
53. bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of vour vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with the cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists 2 SW Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front pas
54. both size and proportion Never rely solely on the rear view camera when backing You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as con tinuously checking all three rear view mirrors Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area behind you remains clear always back slowly and stop immediately if you even suspect that a person and espe cially a child might be behind you Features of vour vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER E OUB041094 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form
55. characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires A CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously bec
56. check by trying to pull it up again e LL VE de OUB041203K A 0UB041204K With the key and the transmitter Emergency trunk safety release To open the trunk insert the key and turn Your vehicle is equipped with an emer it clockwise to unlock gency trunk release cable located inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk pulling this handle will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk ied F eatures of vour vehicle TAILGATE O LI a pening the tailgate Type A The tailgate is locked or unlocked by turning the key to the Lock or Unlock position If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and than pulling up the hatch eee 5 CADI a inn i i L k OUB041013 N ZA CIR 4 lt There is no key hole on this type E Type B The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up All doors are locked if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second and the tailgate is unlocked Once the tail gate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate N CAUTION Tailgate
57. come out 2 Insert the photo into the slit at the top of the photo frame 3 Push the cover to fix the photo frame in it s original place The information card is in the photo frame If you want to resize your digital picture to fit the photo frame access the QR code or web address on the information card E Type A a tax 1 0UB041156 OVG049174 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 if equipped is pro vided for holding a tollgate ticket 4 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original position It could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage Features of your vehicle The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the acces sory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the e
58. continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency Jack label
59. hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Maintenance nr IIEr1I_______ _ _____o_oor__ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 192 000 km or 96 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system L Inspect drive belt First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter 2 Inspect valve clearance LI Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued L Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 month
60. is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when it has cooled e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gents It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance ____ JIJIMN SNNNN SEIIMM S N WEJE SFSSW WS Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most commo
61. lift cylinders Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle A A 0UB041014 l QUB041015 Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment the tailgate can be opened by doing as follows 1 Remove the cover CAUTION Closing tailgate 2 Push the release lever to the right Make sure nothing is near the tail 3 Push up the tailgate gate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may damage the tail gate s latch Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched Make sure your hands feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tailgate Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button If equipped 0UB041016 Features of your vehicle Power windows The igni
62. passenger seat towards the front of the seat board OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center passenger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi x NOTICE cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Safetv features of vour vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder bel
63. remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate B240B03L B240B05L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols el Safety features of your vehicle PASSENGER AIRBAG a OUB031037N Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system Main components of occupant detec tion system A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated An indicator light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated
64. sensor 2 Front impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor instal lation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment per formance mo 1VQA2084 Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a suffi cient frontal force in another type of impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1VQA2086 Air bag non inflation conditions
65. spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade WARNING Risk of explosion Keep Lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains hydro A gen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark WARNING Sulfuric acid in batteries Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to con tact your skin eyes cloth ing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space Always read the following instructions carefully when han dling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention immediately An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the envi ronment
66. steering wheel to remind the driv er not to drive too fast Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle Ensure that screw cap 8 is closed Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve Insert the sealant bottle into the housing 4 of the compressor so that the bottle is upright 6 7 8 le 0UB061010 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it 4 CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200kpa 29 PSI This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 7
67. tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other con ditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly Attach a towing strap to the towing hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead i tl What to do in an emergency More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driv
68. the ignition switch is in ON posi increases above 5 km h 3 mph the iion warning light will blink again You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle n B180A01NF 1 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Front seat Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusti
69. the spare Gis 6 14 Push starting ee Ce re er re 6 6 Flat tire with tire mobility Kit cn 6 21 Emergency while driving 00000 6 2 Floor mat anchor s iii iii 4 101 Emission control SYSTEM iii 7 66 Fluid Crankcase emission control system 7 66 A tomatic tansaxle Tluig essere ecteraanexeetesaewedsqnenicciannenss 7 30 Evaporative emission control System ii 7 66 Praikes chtech i ndean rT ere 7 29 Exhaust emission control system ii 7 66 Washetthijdsssassciiri inziale 7 30 Engine ei 8 9 Folding the outside rearviwe mirror iene 4 40 Engine compartment 00 Dall Folding the rear sceglierei 3 10 Engine compartment panel OT er aes 7 58 Front passenger and rear seat bella 3 16 Engine cooling 1 26 Front seat adjustment sacisaezenezonecesenieneconeeseonIsee sons iseneceo een 3 4 Engine coolcant temperature gauge 4 43 F el Aller Hg cara 4 28 Engine number 2 9 Fuel gauge 4 43 Engine 01 00 7 25 Fuel requirements 0 1 3 Engine overheats iii 6 7 Ae A e eee A 7 49 Engine start stop BULLONsssei narrare 5 6 Engine compartment panel iste eo 7 51 Engine will not starti 6 3 Fuse relay panel description 1552 Evaporative emission control System denet enan nre 7 66 Instrument panel FUSE se ccc0ccecrccccreeioneciieeereneoneeioniceeoneoa 7 50 Exhaust emission control system iii 7 66 Memory fuse 7 51 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 1222 Multi fuse nica iii 1 52 ey aisigle Ger se ee 7 60 G Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge eeeeeetereeeeeteeere
70. the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations What to do in an emergency 4 CAUTION Reducing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an
71. to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Features of vour vehicle E Type A Tea E AVG Fual Economy OUB041053C Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 mile Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consump tion is displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h 0 6 MPH after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero E Type A INST i LAO INST Fuel Economy i Das 0UB042054C Instant fuel consumption This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds NOTICE You must drive more than 10 km h 6 MPH type A or 5 km h 3 MPH type B for this mode to calculate the instant fuel consumption E Type A E Type B dea Average Speed 0UB041055C Average speed This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the
72. turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possi ble and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire fo
73. vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels What to do in an emergency 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 4 Remove the towing hook and install 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N the cover after use Neutral 3 Release the parking brake 4 CAUTION Towing gear position Always place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral when towing your vehicle Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle 0UB061011 Removable towing hook front If equipped 1 Remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper What to do in an emergency 0UB061013 Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck serv ice If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be
74. vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average speed is dis played clears the average speed to zero Features of vour vehicle E Type A E a Elapsed Tima 12 34 0UB041056C Driving time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 E Type A OUB041057C Outside temperature if equipped This mode indicates the outside temper ature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Type A To change the outside temperature dis play unit C lt F press the RESET button more than 1 second in this mode Type B To Change the outside temperature dis play unit C lt F see the following pages in Vehicle Option section E Type A OUB041176N Manual transaxle shift indicator if equipped This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example A Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear yJ Indicates that shifting down to the
75. visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway over passes parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip tion based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or facto ry installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle
76. wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to off posi tion when the wiper is not in use Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always set the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto activation during icy conditions which may damage the windshield wipers al Features of your vehicle A n Windshield washers A When washing the vehicle set the toward you to spray washer fluid on the To prevent possible damage to the wiper switch in the off position to windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 washer pump do not operate the stop the auto wiper operation cycles washer when the fluid reservoir is The wiper may operate and be dam Use this function when the windshield is MP Y aged if the switch is set in the AUTO dirty mode while washing the vehicle The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located i
77. with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction dn i el Maintenance C i Tm Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the s
78. you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear Sports DOWN mode OUB051060 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed n i n i i n Driving your vehicle Up Pushthelever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear e In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the r
79. 0 km or 108 months Continued U Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and 2 Replace engine oil and filter performance if equipped Every 12 000 km or 12 months 2 Inspect cooling system Q Add fuel additive 2 Inspect drive belt 4 Every 12 000 km or 12 months First 96 000 km or 72 months after Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear every 24 000 km or 24 months Every 12 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect visually the following items t Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 1 Battery condition 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid reduced excessively Brake lines hoses and connections If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi Brake pedal and operation tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized 3 4 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped other additives 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 3K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operat
80. 00 km or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months O Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE No check No service required UO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped
81. B051059 E Type B Check Auto Stop System 0UB051023 ISG system malfunction The system may not operate when The ISG related sensors or system error OCCUrs The yellow AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds and the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with cluster type B cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF button again or if the ISG system continuously does not work correctly please contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi ble NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF E mM OUB051066N Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road condi tions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating e When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press
82. BS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos sible Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if the belts is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning chime will turn off and the warn ing light will blink for the remainder of the 6 second period If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decrease
83. DOS Tail light indicator Shift pattern indicator ANI eaoeane P Front fog light indicator Manual transaxle shift indicator UNS Cruise control indicator Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel level warning light Cruise SET indicator HS Ei Parking brake amp Brake fluid EIN warning light P N ME hi Malfunction indicator light Li Fuel cap open warning indicator If equipped For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock WUC Metre ee 4 16 2 Central door lock switch 4 17 3 Power window switches 4 22 4 Power window lock button 4 25 5 Outside rearview mirror control SWE earner ace cn heer nme 4 39 6 Hood release lever 4 26 7 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 28 8 Trunk lid release lever 4 door 4 18 9 Steering WNEEl tt 4 35 10 Steering wheel tilt control lever 4 36 11 Active ECO une eee 5 41 12 Instrument panel illumination control WCT E E E eee wie 4 42 13 ESC ORF DUHOM C ancronies 5 25 14 Heated steering wheel switch iPCQUIDDEG eo E E eee 4 36 15 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button NOIR DI Lied Mende fie ME S
84. E Example E Type A Model oo E Type B MAX WEIGHT ooookgloooo lb USE ONLY TO SPECIFIED CAR AIS AZO NES 24 CARGA MAXIMA ooookgloooo lb USELO SOLO PARA EL VEHICULO A MakcMMmanNbHaAaucnon6s3osaTib TO rPY30N0AbEMHOCTb 0000Kr 1aHHoro SETOMO una AMM 0000kg 00001b NE OF AE FY e JL 0000 aS poco cual oy fade fyull Ltd OOWWAAAA MNPIENUEW Jo Fl wo AN gt 3 A 7 fT solco 1 LTD OHYK064001 EG bii bees id Oe ee Serer erase 2004 039 LAET TES EE Guanda sce aatege s a O apr sar 1 104 1 Guiot onou nrpopge if Wii Tote OF CE pii me 1 aren 02 11 p ri Du OHYK064002 K The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack 1 Model Name 2 Maximum allowable load 3 When using the jack set your parking brake 4 When using the jack stop the engine 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under the frame 7 When supporting the vehicle the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point 8 Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmis sion 9 The jack should be used on firm level ground 10 Jack manufacture 11 Production date What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KI
85. E knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob e Normal This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation Expert This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guid ance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu com mands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed Language support by region English Fran ais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AMOR SIRIUS Preset SEEK Selecting through manual Press the Key EB rm Search Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 Turn the TUNE knob left right to seconds Plays the frequency adjust the frequency saved in the corresponding key e FM Changes by 200KHz Pressing and holding the key over AM Changes by 10MHz 0 8 seconds Pressing and hold ing the desired key from GE will save the currently playing SEEK broad
86. If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of vour vehicle DOOR LOCKS 0UB041004 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock auto matically From the drivers door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver s door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 if equipped to the Lock position and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically if equipped with central doo
87. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read the
88. Kia dealer n i al Safety features of your vehicle Seat belt precautions Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint s
89. MENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT TRE liti vel PRESSIONDES PNEUS A FROID FRONT PIRSGS5RIS 220kPa 33psi ee 125160015 420kPa Bipa RENSEIGNEMENTS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT m sgg COUO TRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEU DENSO PNEUS FROID REAR ARRIERE P195 55R16 i i LUS DE PO I 420kPa 60psi RENSEIGNEMENTS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Fi SEATING CAPACITY J NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined veesghi of occupants and carga should newer eiresd ye Le pads total des occupante ei du changement ne dod jamais d passer kg a SE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID ne PISSIESRIE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLAGES AMANT ARRIERE The combined wesght of occupants and cargo should never exceed igo pap DF Le poids total des occupants et du changement ne dod jamais d passer ggg ih a PNEUS A FROID TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT sue COUO TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES DIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID Yo PIBSIESRIS 230kPa 33psi i SPARE NONE AUCUN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY HOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never excea up kg Le prede lotal
90. S Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window Day OAM049023 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be fold ed to prevent damage during an auto matic car wash or when passing through a narrow street Features of vour vehicle The right outside rearview mirror is con vex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual dis tance of following vehicles when chang ing lanes A CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for
91. SE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle e Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the lever is operated in this manner OUB051044 _0UB051043 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and To increase cruise control set release it at the desired speed The speed SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accel erator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want Drivine vour vehicle e Move the lever 1 down to SET and To temporarily accelerate with the release it immediately The cruising cruise control on speed will decrease by 1 6 km h 1 0 f you want to speed up temporarily when mph each time the lever is operated in the cruise control is on depress the this manner accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control oper ation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator 0UB051044 To decrease the cruising speed Follo
92. Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays all songs in random order MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current fold er in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen e All Random press the key Plays all files in random order Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All Random pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off repeat Changing Song File While song file is key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the current song from the beginning K If the key is pressed again within 1 second the previ Ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song While song file is playing Key TRACK Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song playing Scan While song file is playing ISS key Scans all songs for 10 seconds start ing from the next song Press the key again to turn off The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing aay FRA Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing RESA GA Folder Down key Searches the previous folder If a folder is
93. T IF EQUIPPED For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible 4 CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit Is only used for one flat tire 0UB061010 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 MPH in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement j What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reas
94. To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to sequen tially 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed Root FolderA gt Folder BA Folder BB gt Folder ABB gt Folder AA Folder ABA
95. What to do in an emergency N CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 170 x 150 x 60 mm 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in Sealant bottle 85 x 77 mm 3 3 x 3 0 in Compressor weight 0 8 kg 1 8 Ibs Sealant volume 200 ml 12 2 cu in What to do in an emergenc TOWING When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear NI OED066011 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce dures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines information 4 CAUTION Towing refer to Trailer towing in section 5 e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the
96. ables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of a
97. adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water m Type A E 0UB041033 Remote control Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Move the lever 1 to RorL to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to prevent inad vertent adjustment 4 CAUTION Outside mirror e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the related parts Features of vour vehicle A CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning In case it is an electric type outside ii OUB041034 rearview mi
98. aired not be supported in some mobile Bluetooth Wireless Technology phones For more information of device max 5 devices x 1 000 con supported Bluetooth devices and tacts each Previously downloaded function support refer to your data is maintained even if the phone s user manual Bluetooth Wireless Technology The list of saved phone book entries device has been disconnected is displayed However the contacts and call his tory saved to the phone will be NOTE Bd if a paired phone is delet Find a contact in an alphabetical It is possible to download contacts order press the key during Bluetooth streaming audio e When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the sta tus bar It is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The drivers prim
99. an be currently connected with the AUX AUX terminal for use stored terminal The same song can be copied Up AUX mode will automatically start to 1 000 times when an external device is connect Memory info can be checked inthe ed to the AUX terminal System menu of Setup If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode gt x AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal j Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short dis tance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote con trollers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depend ing on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by B
100. and function Clean the battery and terminals Check for worn tires and loose wheel Check the brake clutch fluid level lug nuts Maintenance i __o ce SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads e Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 240 000 km 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals dn i el Maintenance I 5 gt gt ISRM mMWPUUI O M_ _ lt VMNI FM FO FF I F FIOOII Pm T ememr1 __ V vr _ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehi
101. and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recy cled Maintenance 44 WARNING Recharging battery Never attempt to recharge the bat tery when the battery cables are connected d WARNING Risk of elec trocution Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is run ning This system works with high voltage which can zap you When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area sepa rate the battery and keep it indoors Maintenance Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at no more than 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell e
102. and rinse thoroughly with clean water N CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Maintenance Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and fail ure 1JBA7037 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper l blade assembly to expose the plastic eae locking clip 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal n i i i Maintenance BATTERY 0ED076040 a OED076041 ri Rear window wiper blade 2 Install the new blade assembly by For best battery service 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the inserting the center part Into the slot in Keep the battery securely mounted wiper blade assembly the wiper arm until it clicks into place e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any
103. ar warning light n i n i n eed Features of your vehicle Immobilizer indicator If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for a few minutes to indi cate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you are not able to start the engine e When the ENGINE START STOP but ton changes to the ON position from the ACC position without the smart key in the vehicle the indicator blinks for a few minutes to indicate that you are not able to start the engine e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink Low fuel level warning light y This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic conv
104. ary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle sys tems which take the drivers eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used dur ing operation of the vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting Pairing a New Device Press the key Select Phone Select Pair Phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone Select Paired Phone List This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology __ j Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently sel
105. ase the parking brake Drivine vour vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driv ing in heavy or varying traffic or on slip pery rainy icy or snow covered or wind ing roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal NOTICE To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condition To set cruise control speed 1 Press the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUI
106. at 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of vour vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF indica SRS warning Front eine light alr Dag tor light 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safetv features of vour vehicle Continued B990A080 l 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front
107. at of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips Safety features of your vehicle When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking opera tion mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract OUB031020N When using the rear center seat belt the To release the seat belt buckle with the CENTER mark must be The seat belt is released by pressing the used release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted t
108. at the top of the screen Preset Press the key E Go Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from Ee will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the antenna or antenna cable is bro ken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Tune e Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cate gory list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song __ j Features of your vehicle USING YOUR USB DEVICE When using an external USB device make sure the device is not connected when starting up the vehicle If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage t
109. ated marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc j Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 ENGINE START STOP button 5 6 Starting the engine 5 9 Manual transaxle 5 12 Automatic transaxle 5 15 Brake system 5 21 Cruise control system 5 32 ISG Idle Stop and Go system 5 37 Active eco system 5 41 Economical operation 5 42 Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions 5 44 Winter driving 5 48 Trailer towing 5 50 Vehicle load limit 5 51 Vehicle weight 5 56 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Pos
110. ause tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km A CAUTION e It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES Blade type This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates
111. authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the Spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The com pact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time What to do in an emergency The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any
112. authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance EEE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 km or 60 months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler L Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and 9 Front suspension ball joints performance if equipped 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 12 000 km or 12 months Every 60 000 km or 48 months O Add fuel additive 2 Inspect cooling system L Inspect drive belt First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots U Inspect visually the following items Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Battery condition TES ON 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped The drive belt should b
113. ave your vehi cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer dn i i n n i n What to do in an emergency Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 2 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so Place the shift lever in P_ automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating lf the fan is not run ning turn the engine off Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or und
114. ay files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands IPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless mobile digital device sold separately The Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered ation Command Operation trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Command Function i i T T E Bluetooth wireless technology SiriusxM service ay aye te nen PAUSER Song requires a subscription sold separately after 3 Pause Pauses the current song month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SiriusxM service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call SirlusXM at 1 866 635 2349 to can cel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous United States D C and P R with coverage limitations SiriusxM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more information Sirius XM and all rel
115. ay have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance n Ge NU 9UN i i bh I HE Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by stee
116. b 2 A CAUTION Hanging and press It clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Features of your vehicle For driver s side For passenger s side Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the floor car pet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are secure ly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a sin gle floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manu factured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed OUB041182N Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the desti nation Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately sup plied manual kt el Features of your ve
117. bbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgft 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk ampersand amp 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe j Features of your vehicle Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller under 0 8 seconds The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller under 0 8 seconds The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller over 0 8 seconds While using voice command press ing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice com mand
118. brake Air bags di not inflate in most rollover Air Bade may not inflate if the vehicle heavily Such heavy braking lowers the accidents even though the vehicle is collides with objects such as utility front portion of the vehicle causing it to equipped with side impact air bags and poles or trees where the point of ride under a vehicle with a higher curtain air bags impact is concentrated to one area and ground clearance Air bags may not the full force of the impact is not deliv inflate in this under ride situation ered to the sensors because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly replaced by such under ride collisions Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system If components of the air bag
119. brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued L Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months OQ Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance e E i a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 168 000 km or 84 months Continued Q Inspect air cleaner filter a Replace climate control air filter if equ
120. c devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the igni tion key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle NOTICE Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static electrici ty and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer A CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfuncti
121. cast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Press the key gt RESSE e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 SCAN seconds Changes the frequency Pressing and holding the key over Press the key gt ESSEN 0 8 seconds Automatically Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 searches for the next frequency seconds The broadcast frequen cy increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast frequency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset 6 for 5 seconds each j Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store 1 A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to W keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan nels
122. cating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance n Ge NU 9UN i i bh I HE Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round includ
123. ccept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED E Type A OAM041096L OUB041003N E Type C OXM049001L Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk or tail gate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk or tailgate are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are
124. ccumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Maintenance Air cleane
125. cle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance O_O e pg EAIEe _ _ _ _ _ lt a w aaa I030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 55R16 89H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspec
126. cle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 12 000 km or 6 months 2 Inspect air cleaner filter L Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots LI Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 14 SCSI 9 Steering operation and linkage Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct cl
127. clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for econo
128. d the hazard warning lights blink once Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again to lock the doors If tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the tailgate or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms Features of your vehicle NOTICE The theft alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key
129. d or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status dn i ie Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to m Type Ana store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valu ables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely of a n OUB041140 m Type B gt ear Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use Always keep the glove box closed while the vehicle is in operation 0UB041155 Center console storage if equipped To open the center console storage pull up the lever Features of vour vehicle NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box 0UB041143K Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not u
130. dal This is normal and it means your ESC is active forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle ESC operation off ESC OFF state e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button lt lt ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again m ESC indicator light CO m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the but ton Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunc tion When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires Driving your vehicle ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the v
131. des occupante et du chargement ne ded jamais d passer nd iy ow Mei RIT i PHEUS A FROID FRONT a I PIOSIASRI7 Z30kPa 34psi Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 385 kg 849 Ib Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo lf your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load dn i cael Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehi cle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weigh
132. different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS screen Features of your vehicle Command Function Command Function SIRIUS Satellite Displays the selected SIRIUS screen My Music Plays the music saved in My Music 1 3 AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth 0 223 device Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment screen Mute Mutes the sound CD Plays the music saved in the CD Cancel Exit Ends voice command USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Features of your vehicle e FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast
133. dio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 JBM005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed kk el Features of vour vehicle Satellite radio reception You may experience difficulties in receiv ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the following situations SATELITE1 e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov ered parking area e If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway e If you drive under a bridge If you are driving next to a tall vehicle
134. ditions eee 7 20 Normal maintenance schedule iii 7 8 Owner maniera iena 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service TEF Tire maintenance ara 7 41 Maintenance schedule F7 Maintenance under severe usage conditions eese 7 20 Normal maintenance schedule 000 7 8 Maintenance Services sanno 7 3 Manual climate control SYSTEM teeteeteteerrererrrrereeereeeeeres 4 81 Air conditioning scie iii 4 86 Climate control alrfilter a anne 4 89 Heating and air conditioning eetere 4 82 Manual transaxle ii 5 12 Memory fusero 7 51 Wigan 4 38 Day night rearview Mirror ninni 4 38 Folding the outside rearviwe mirror 4 40 Inside rearview mirror 4 38 Outside rearview mirror e 4 38 Remot econitolaaa ana 4 39 Wii 7 52 O Occupant detection SYSTEM cei 3 36 Odometer erreren rokan nee rio Ri 4 44 Oil Engine sssriiririr nziriri inizi 7 25 Outside rearview mirror 4 38 Outside rearview mirror remote control 4 39 CVE GAS stars etentoxattonanierreaiaaaneachousnsaciaasneniermoiainoszarastes 6 7 Owner maintenance assai 7 5 Index P Parking brake i eo 20061 Powerbraik gancniinirraa 5 21 Poweroutletaibnae 4 99 Power window lock button scsi nni 4 25 Pre tensioner seat bellaria 3 17 Push starting E E E E T S 6 6 RR REAL segte cc00ccccrercrcirezericonicezioneserenazeseoniceceneneoresecesineneonio 3 9 Rearview camera 4 69 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 37 Recommended
135. driving practices weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed e Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes In the event of brake failure Your vehicle has power assisted brakes A CAUTION Brake pedal l If service brakes fail to operate while the that adjust automatically through normal Do not drive with your foot resting vehicle is in motion you can make an usage on the brake pedal This will create emergency stop with the parking brake In the event that the power assisted abnormally high brake tempera The stopping distance however will be tures which can cause excessive much greater than normal brakes lose power because of a stalled brake lining and pad wear engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how
136. dstill ON The warning illuminates onthe LCD You can exchange the outside tempera pressing the TRIP button for more than display when the steering wheel is ture unit C F START STOP button in the ON posi START STOP button in the ON tion or engine running the LCD dis position o play on the cluster will change to the Off The warning does not illuminate on User Setting mode the LCD display when the steering You can move to items by pressing the wheel is not aligned with the TRIP button and select the item by ENGINE START STOP button in the pressing the RESET button ON position 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TRIP button to the desired item and select RESET button Features of your vehicle Language Settings Maintenance m dt Engine Oil O English Tire Rotation O Deutsch OUB041067 OUB042068 Language Maintenance system Choose a language you prefer within the only for Type B cluster LCD display if equipped The Maintenance system informs the driver when to replace engine oil and rotate tires User Settings Car Option Maintenance EXIT 0UB041069 Maintenance 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the i
137. e 4 42 Fuel gauge iii 4 43 GAW Gross axle weight iii 5 56 GAWR Gross axle weight rating iii 5 56 Cioe batter 4 92 GVW Gross vehicle weight iii 5 56 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 0 5 56 Hazard warning flasher 4 70 Hazardous driving conditions iii 5 44 Headrest front iii 3 5 Jenene pe ee ee ee 3 9 Hight adjustment ee E 3 15 Highway driving reiezione ene e 10 5 47 Hill staft assistconitola ssacaii aa 5 28 oddio 4 26 fidi 4 37 How to use this manual acciai 1 2 Index Idle stop and gO SYSTEM iii 5 37 Immobilizer system iii 4 10 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Indicators and Warnings ii 4 53 Inside rearview mirror eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececcceeeceaaeeeeeeeeees 4 38 Instrument cluster sssssssssessssssesesssessessesessseesesesssseeeo 4 41 Car Option ri 4 50 Engine coolant temperature gauge ii 4 43 Fuel gauge iii 4 43 Instrument panel UG oe oe 4 42 LCD display warning iii 4 63 Maintenance narnia aiioniiizianenteisronii 4 51 Olona 4 44 Speedometer iii 4 42 IO N OT 4 42 Trip COMputer iii 4 45 User settings RARI 4 49 Warning and indicators 00 iii 4 53 Instrument panel lierna 7 55 Instrument panel Wien oe 4 42 Instrument panel OVVIO pala 2 3 Miericor Gain 7 64 Internoricatilri saa co 4 96 Ashtray cene zeri eee ione 4 96 Aux USB and iPod porti 4 104 Cigarette lighter i a 4 96 Index e Clothes hanger E T A S E ad Gela E E T E A T T 4 100
138. e CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to next or previ ous sond file Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds or fast for wards the current song file 6 PWR VOL knob e Power Knob Turns power On Off by pressing the knob e Volume Knob Sets volume by turning the knob left right T WGI Preset e Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected j Features of your vehicle DISP 8 SCAN 9 swe menu D 8 WDD e Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 9 e Radio Mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset n WGI for 5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency K SIRIUS Radio does not suppor
139. e ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the button will change as follow OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF dn i o i i el Driving your vehicle If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key It should be started without depress ing the accelerator CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up i damage it while the vehicle remains stationary Start driving at m
140. e lamp 5W X 2EA as tail bulb ker liah asta bulb iii LED LED Map lamps 10W X 2EA W10W Giove box np w FESTON SW FESTON Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Cold tire inflation pod kPa psi Tire size Wheel size asi load Wheel lug nut torque P185 65R15 5 5J X 15 aa ae m AIA sene oer ROSE 6 on P20s 45R17 6 5JX17 a n na si 65 79 88 107 ompact massis asuxis 22 0 0 a If equipped WEIGHT VOLUME sE sii E 1 6 Gross vehicle weight i kg Ibs 1600 1630 Luggage volume 4 Door SAE ee Pin Oee 5 Door VDA Max 820029 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill Recommended glia API Service SM 5 or equivalent ui at ILSAC GF 4 or above M ie Auld 1 81 91 API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 a 9 2 01 US Qt approved by Kia Motors Corp MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid 1 6 Engine 7 31 7 71 US at NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV soli Automatic transaxle 5 5 5 6 US qt Mixtu
141. e phone 5 Delete all paired devices pair and try again e Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote con troller The following screen is dis played 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen Clock is an optional feature 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP support
142. e replaced when cracks occur or tension is 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped reduced excessively Continued A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace n i i E i n Maintenance 1 Y_ _b e MbeF I MIEe ME a a EoAAAPaa 999owa oa o qitii iiI ai a a i a 0 0_ 1 1EEEEeeeaiii NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 144 000 km or 72 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system 2 Inspect drive belt First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap L Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 9 Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking
143. ean or replace Maintenance nnn TT NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 24 000 km or 12 months Continued 2 Inspect air cleaner filter O Add fuel additive 2 Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and Every 12 000 km or 12 months performance if equipped Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear LI Inspect cooling system Every 12 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect visually the following items Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 1 Battery condition If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized 3 Brake lines hoses and connections Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix 4 Brake pedal and operation other additives 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 11 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months yyr_ y _ lt h SA Conti
144. east once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate O Sy OAM072005 Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool Maintenance If the coolant level is low add enough For mixture percentage refer to the fol specified coolant to provide protection lowing table against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not overfill If fre quent coolant addition is required see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys Ambient tem inspection Temperature Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle AN o E and never mix hard water in the 35 31F 50 50 coolant filled at the factory An improp 45 C f 60 40 er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectivenes
145. ecked by an authorized Kia dealer In severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter 4 J j 4 r a k i 4 4 J ni J 1 lana P 0UB071009 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 lbs 196 N AIR CLEANER Op OUB071010 Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance und
146. ecommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance E 00QBD _ 11 6p6 6 e eoyeyeyoyo eyoyo o ozszszioiiuvozoui rizi aie _ _ _u_uadaa _a Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated e Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overl
147. ected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed e Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Auto Download Contacts Press the key Select Phone Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile contacts entries once a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is connected e The Auto Download feature will download mobile contacts entries every time the phone is connected The download time may differ depending on the number of saved contacts entries and the communi cation state Before downloading contacts first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature Features of your vehicle Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Press the key Select Press the key Select Phone Select Audio Streaming Phone Select Outgoing Volume Phone Select Bluetooth System
148. ed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front OAM049100L OAM049048N D Rear wiper washer control ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe OFF Off E Wash with brief wipes rear If equipped Features of your vehicle Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle move the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the wind shield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation OXM049123 AUTO Automatic control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the
149. ed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance _ __hlL L L L l tstt E NN MJ N SiyEgGuuil 5 E Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms
150. ed device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Hear enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Hear check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Features of your vehicle Some phones i e iPhone Android and Blackberry phones may offer an option to allow acceptance of all future Bluetooth connection requests by default and Visit http www kia com bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device __ j Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are t
151. ed safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfu
152. ed zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehi cle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear OUB052059 Paddle shifter if equipped The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the sport mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear NOTICE If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Driving your vehicle Shift lock system if equipped Shift lock override without smart key system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed T
153. eda ANN LI 5 37 6 FUSCO e ee cers eae eae 7 49 17 Blake pedal ar a a a 5 21 18 Accelerator pedal OUB021001K Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 IMStHUIMEMECIUStC levee reese 4 41 Zi rt ER I 4 37 SDiiverisilionitalibag oe een 3 41 4 Light control Turn signals 4 70 5 WiperWashe e an 4 74 6 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP DUHOM 5 4 5 6 7 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 70 6 2 SAU 4 102 9 Climate control system 4 81 10 Shit lever ianen era 5 12 5 15 11 Steering wheel audio control 4 103 12 Passenger s front air bag 3 41 TSS GIOVE box stenta rns 4 92 14 Parking brake lever 5 22 15 Fowerowlet sac 3 enne 4 99 16 Cigarette lighter 4 96 17 Seat warmer reee oa stare a 3 7 The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration 0UB021002N DR RE E EE IRE RAI A IR EIN RIE MAE eee ORE OTO ITER E eee een OSE POETI TE SOC ATEI fre Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine Coolant Reservoir 7 26 2 Engine Oil Filler Cap 222 cs 7 25 3 Brake Clutch Fluid Reservoir 7 29 45APCleaneren ea 7 31 Sirio 7 49 6 Negative Battery Terminal 7 34 7 Positive Battery Terminal 7 34 8iRadalorGap eyecare 7 27 9 Engine Oil Dipstiek eee 7 25 10 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
154. eeaneresccnonetatstenstariass 5 52 Vehicle Capacity weight nani 5 5 Vehicle stability management iii 5 29 Vol Vine Wel lit eessareerseeeoenrtnctorascneseandcoresesnstaesnacestectsaretese 8 5 Base Gib Werner 5 56 Cilea 5 56 GAW Gross axle weight ini 5 56 GAWR Gross axle weight rating iii 5 56 GVW Gross vehicle weight iene 5 56 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 56 Vehicle cub welp hierro ireann 5 56 W Warning and indicators ii 4 53 rari 7 30 Nidi 8 5 Wheel alignment and tire balance iii 7 40 Wheel replacement oriana 7 4 i sss TR ee cant N N I 4 22 Auto down Window iii 4 23 Auto up down Winona trita 4 24 Power window lock button i 4 25 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 90 Defossine logiosannanianrnarioninni 4 91 Winter eh ole ee ee eee ee eee 5 48 Sii nananana 5 48 Woperblidlisie a 1 30 Wy iets AN Wale WETS neuroni 4 74
155. eed to contact SIR IUS Customer Care at 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SCAN Press the key gt ISSN e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category Press the key gt Set through the TUNE knob The display will indicate the cate gory menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cate gory list Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category Features of your vehicle If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed
156. ehicle may slip out of control Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control is a comfort func tion The main intend is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driv ing off uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive off Driving your vehicle e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road suc
157. en the transmitter or smart key center cover 4 CAUTION Transmitter 2 Replace the battery with a new battery damage CR2032 When replacing the battery Do not drop wet or expose the key make sure the battery position less entry system transmitter to 3 Install the battery in the reverse order heat or sunlight of removal a7 S The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use OED039003A however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction c5 Be sure to use the correct battery ct An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your OSLo40005 local law s or regulation Battery replacement A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the bat tery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer dn i n i E i i n Features of vour vehicle 0ED036001A Immobilizer system Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electroni
158. ent panel Type B illumination can be adjusted by rotating the control knob when the igni tion switch is in ON position pote a 100 120 f kmh 140 F Pal See n ns 160 LTT a gt wN 1807 200 OUB041043 Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour a E E si rps 0UB041045N Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running Features of your vehicle A4 CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage 0UB042048N Engine coolant temperature gauge for supervisim cluster This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H posi tion it indicates overheating that may dama
159. enter the pas senger compartment d WARNING Cargo Do not place heavy objects in the rear seats since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehi cle occupants in a frontal collision SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro tection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid contami nation of the webbing with polishes oils and chemicals and particularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system protec tion the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion WARNING Shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt canno
160. epa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance n Basel NN iozon MA OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in the straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push bra
161. eplace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer N CAUTION Compressor damage lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer dn i n i i i n Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet i
162. eplacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse box cover by press ing the tap and pulling up the cover 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity N CAUTION Fuse panel covers After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover to pre vent electrical failures which may occur from water leaking in x NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label LA OUB071023N Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance a zi Ai Heel delete USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY The actual fuse relay panel label may Instrument panel fuse panel differ from equipped items NOTICE 0UB071064N roc Maintenance I1S5O 1WA31 DESIGNA TED FUSE ONLY NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from
163. equipped items 0UB074063N Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected POWER OUTLET Power Outlet C LIGHTER Cigarette Lighter Front Map Lamp Power Outside Mirror Switch BCM ACC 10A Low DC DC Convertor Smart Key Control Module Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Digital Clock A BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster SBR PAB Indicator SRS Control Module ABBA IOR Passenger Weight Classification Sensor TOA MOPS TOA TSA 15A FOG LAMP RR 10A FOG LAMP FRT 15A Front Fog Lamp Relay 10A ATM Shift Lever Switch Door Warning Switch 15A Data Link Connector Smart Key Control Module Stop Lamp Switch Stop Lamp Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Audio BCM ATM Shift Lever ILL Crash Pad Switch IOR Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Multipurpose Check Connector Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module With ISG Crash Pad Switch Low DC DC Convertor Crash Pad Switch ESC Module PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay 10A Back Up Lamp Switch 10A Maintenance FuseName Fuse rating Circuit Protected IG1 2 10A Vehicle Speed Sensor Stop Lamp Switch Inverter A C Control Module HAZARD Hazard Switch BCM PDM 1 Smart Key Control Module SUNROOF GN COIL WIPER FRT DOOR LOCK SAFETY POWER WINDOW LP DM U 2 IN S HEATER FOLD G MIRR ROOM 15A 10A 15A 15A 10A 25A 20A 25A 15A 10A
164. er s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions includ ing driving inclement weather and on a slippery road Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed e Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you s
165. er severe usage condi tions in this section CAUTION Air filter maintenance e Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor Maintenance e re 6 A a a_ _ _ _ _a_ a a a EAea CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FIL TER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filler should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent
166. er the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the near est authorized Kia dealer for assis tance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer ke el What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED WK 14 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an add
167. erter if equipped Features of your vehicle Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light This indicator is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this indicator illuminates while driving it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This indicator will also illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go off in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the sys tem checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly oy CAUTION MIL illumina tion e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON bu
168. es of vour vehicle KEYS Record your key number m Type A m Type B The key code number is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle OFD047002 A OED036001 A OYDECO2001CN Key operations Type B Type A To unfold the key press the release but Used to start the engine lock and unlock ton then the key will unfold automatically the doors To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button 4 CAUTION Key button operation Do not fold the key without press ing the release button This may damage the key Features of vour vehicle OXMA043316 The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard el Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OYDDCO2004 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section Smar
169. est pull it up to the it can go then press the release button desired position 1 To lower the head 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 rest push and hold the release button 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head on the headrest support and lower the rest poles 3 into the holes while press headrest to the desired position 3 ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting dn i i n ll Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle 0UB031049K nni 0UB031051K To fold down the rear seatback 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold 4 door the rear seatback forward and down 1 Make sure the rear seat belt webbing firmly is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position If the seat belt remains extended after returning the seatback to it s upright position pull the seatbelt outward and release to retract the seatbelt Safety features of your vehicle 1 Make sure the rear seat belt webbing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the u
170. etric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights L OEN076053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire Maintenance n Ge NU 9UN i i bh I HE The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly
171. event children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole and turn it to the lock position The child safety lock 1 is located on the rear edge of the door When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle TRUNK 4 DOOR 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked A CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the A trunk lift cylinders and attached Opening the trunk hardware if the trunk is not closed With the trunk lid release lever prior to driving To open the trunk from inside the vehicle pull up the trunk lid release lever Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk is locked automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work proper ly due to freezing conditions Features of vour vehicle Closing the trunk To close lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened always
172. f e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel con sumption by automatically shutting down the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF ESC or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning E Type A Pi 180 se 2007 f a d e OUB051006 IUU IEU F WESE km h 140 f B _r x1000 ram Auto Stop A 02 25 ya n OUB051007 Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal The idle stop mode activates in case e The vehicle speed has exceeded 5 mph 8 km h at least once and the shift lever is in the D Drive or N Neutral position The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster w
173. f the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Features of vour vehicle Vi M 0UB041020 Power window lock button if equipped e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed e When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows N CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstruc tions are safely out of the way before closing a window OSA028222 Manual windows if equipped To raise or lower the window turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise When closing the windows make sure your passenger s arms hands
174. forward CAUTION Downshifting gears Do not downshift more than 2 gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift 2r downshift the SRI He knob The transaxle is fully synchronized Paani II a Ig T in all forward gears so shifting to either a 5 or higher Such a i i i _ downshifting may damage the ieee NE EREE ERE Col engine clutch and the transaxle Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R m The button 1 should be pressed when Reverse The ring 1 located below the The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button moving the shift lever into reverse shift knob must be pulled upward while ouBosi0i3 Moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal back down and
175. ge the engine Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank el Features of vour vehicle E Type A E Type B NOTICE It is forbidden to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odometer The f 200000000 alteration may void your warranty cov erage o 888888 4 CAUTION Low fuel 0UB041050C Avoid driving with extremely low Odometer fuel level Running out of fuel could Odometer CAUSE the engine to misfire damag The odometer indicates the total dis ing the catalytic converter tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed Features of vour vehicle E Cluster Type A E Cluster Type B PA x Rea e Y Y Distance to empty Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Average speed Elapsed time Elapsed time OUBO04 Trip computer Tripmeter Outside temperature if equipped The trip com
176. h sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any compo nents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an author ized Kia dealer Safetv features of vour vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts 0UB031031N 0UB031032 0UB031040N 0UB031033 0UB031047N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact
177. h as an icy road and oper ated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle Driving your vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not ESC operation When operating prevent accidents Excessive speed in ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan e When the ignition is turned ESC indicator light blinks ing on wet surfaces can still result in seri a ON ESC and ESC OFF indi ee When the Electronic Stabil
178. h as gradient or incline e Driving rearward ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light 2 illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces dn i i n i n Driving your vehicle e The Vehicle Stability Management sys tem is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the dis tance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driv
179. handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle Trunk unlocking 4 door The trunk is opened if the trunk unlock button is pressed Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically If the trunk is closed with the smart key in the trunk the warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds and the trunk will not lock Tailgate unlocking 5 door if equipped If you are within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 el Features of your vehicle Smart key precautions e If you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized Kia dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately
180. hange move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released Features of your vehicle If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn signal lever slightly for less than 0 5 second and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights con sume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visi bility is poor Features of vour vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Front Rear 5 door if equipped A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper spe
181. have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F What to do in an emergency 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OAM060015L Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor Strictly follow the specified speed restriction o Onoff switch ael A the sealant 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the SRO RPSA MOGOL PISSSTIE wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the 8g Screw cap for reducing tire infla power outlet direct connection tion pressure __ j What to do in an emergency Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the
182. he USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device The System may not play inau thentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static elec tricity when connecting or dis connecting the external USB device An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYIE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device format ted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the exter nal USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capacity of the e
183. he front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature A CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur a i o i ll Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tem peratures especially if used for long periods of time In particular the driver must exer cise extreme care for the following types of passengers Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fat
184. he highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device e When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key gt Select Press the key Select ceed with the deleting process Phone Select Paired Phone List Phone Select Paired Phone List f a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted e To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button j Features of your vehicle e If you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile pho
185. he parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehi cle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop W 75 dn i i i i n Driving your vehicle Anti Lock Brake System ABS if equipped ABS or ESC will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances e When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads e When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has different sur face heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is act
186. he same as the steps described in the When No Devices have been Paired section Bluetooth Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming e Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time e Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connect ed at a time e Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio related features are supported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio fea tures such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes dis connected due to being out of com munication range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communica tion error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched a
187. hecked Shift to P or N to start the engine for automatic transaxle PIENI shit to PP of N fo start engine 0UB041081 If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle Press start button while turn steering wS Press stan button while tuming steering OUB041082 If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the engine start stop button is pressed the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the engine start stop button while turning the steer ing wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock system Check steering wheel lock system 0UB041084 If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds Check stop lamp fuse if equipped _0 DI Check Stop Lamp Fuse OUB041085 When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed
188. hen try again B210A01NF 1 Safety features of vour vehicle OMG035300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt ee a KMBSS11A The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly Safety features of your vehicle Both the driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being worn
189. her to down load call history is displayed The download feature may not be sup ported in some mobile phones Features of your vehicle DOT LCD Type AUDIO BEFORE USE Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Before Using the Bluetooth Handsfree What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short dis tance wireless networking technol ogy which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz frequency to connect var ious devices within a certain dis tance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and automotive environments Bluetooth allows data to be trans mitted at high speeds without hav ing to use a connector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to con veniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the audio system Bluetooth Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bl
190. hicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over dn i i i i n Maintenance e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle
191. hicle AUDIO SYSTEM If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic CAUTION Antenna device may malfunction Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise If not the anten na may be damaged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception But it could be removed when parking the vehicle OHM048154N Antenna Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast sig nals This antenna can be removed To remove the antenna turn it counterclock wise To install the antenna turn it clock wise Features of vour vehicle VEL 0UB041163 Steering wheel audio control If equipped The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Push the lever up to increase volume e Push the lever down to decrease vol ume MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc MUTE 4 e Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to acti vate the sound SEEK PRESET N 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions base on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 second or more RADIO m
192. hicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF White To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehi cle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP but ton for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The electrical accessories are opera tional If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON Blue Press th
193. ht placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 7 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 8 If you have a flat tire 6 13 21 Towing 6 27 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING 0UB041094 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road Way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All
194. igued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OUB031009 Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s seatback WARNING Seatback pocket Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pocket An occu pant could contact such objects in a crash Heavy objects in the front passenger seatback could also interfere with the airbag sensing system 0UB031043N Rear seat adjustment Headrest The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occu pant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Safetv features of vour vehicle Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recom mended 0UB031016N Adjusting the height up and down Removal and installation if equipped To remove the headrest raise it as far as To raise the headr
195. ill illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with the type B cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display Drivine vour vehicle 0UB051020 Auto Start Deactivated start Manually OUB051021 If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and ISG system is deacti vated If your vehicle is equipped with the type B cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD display Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine manually Auto start To restart the engine from idle stop mode The engine restarts from the idle stop mode when e Releasing the brake pedal e Moving the shift lever to R Reverse position or sports mode with the brake pedal depressed e Moving the shift lever to N Neutral position to D Drive position The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP Indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out after blinking for 5 sec onds E Type B Auto Start A OUB051019 The engine will restart automatically without the driver s any actions if the following occurs When the front defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph 1 6 km h The fan speed is in the highest position when the air conditioning is on Driving your vehicle Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time If you unfasten the sea
196. ime It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire KEY POSITIONS OUB051001 Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your con venience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed Driving your vehicle OTD059016 Ignition switch position LOCK The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position Before leaving the drivers seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off ACC Accessory The electrical accessories are operative ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warn ing light can be checked in this position dn i el Driving your ve
197. imum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indi
198. ine damage may result dn i n i n n n Features of your vehicle The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pres sure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light O BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then it will go out Also this light illuminates when the park ing brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go out when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Features of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago
199. ing down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transmission is in neutral Be sure the 0ED066029 steering is unlocked by placing the igni e Use a towing strap less than 5 m tion switch in the ACC position A driver 16 feet long Attach a white or red must be in the towed vehicle to operate cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the steering and brakes the middle of the strap for easy visibili ty e Drive carefully so that the towing strap A CAUTION Automatic is not loosened during towing transaxle e To avoid serious damage to the Emergency towing precautions automatic transmission limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing e Before towing check for an auto matic transmission fluid leak under your vehicle If the auto e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral e Release the parking brake e Press the brake pedal with more force matic transmission fluid is leak than normal since you will have ing a flatbed equipment or tow reduced brake performance ing dolly must be used Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service 7 7 Ex
200. ing snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the Original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling
201. ion and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Maintenance rr TT lt EIFM _________a o O_oorrr o o J jpJZz__o ro _rlle1 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 240 000 km or 120 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system L Inspect drive belt First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes Continued Continued 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts L Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months O Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 0
202. ion and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months 2 Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 2 Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance C O O oZEPP nNNMMDO NE bu ui ibrr ln il i ir r rr NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 96 000 km or 48 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system L Inspect drive belt First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter 2 Inspect valve clearance L Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap L Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and
203. ipped Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and 2 Replace engine oil and filter performance if equipped Every 12 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect cooling system O Add fuel additive g Inspect drive belt 4 Every 12 000 km or 12 months First 96 000 km or 72 months after 2 Replace spark plugs iridium coated every 24 000 km or 24 months Every 150 000 km or 120 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 12 000 km or 12 months Every 60 000 km or 48 months Inspect visually the following items t Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 1 Battery condition 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid reduced excessively 3 Brake lines hoses and connections If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi 4 Brake pedal and operation tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped other additives 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and
204. irst few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module dn i n i E i n Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a forward or reverse gear CAUTION Transaxle To avoid damage to your transaxle do not accelerate the engine in R Reverse or any forward gear posi tion with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake Transaxle ranges The indicator light in the instrument clus ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position P Park Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Shifting into P Park while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if
205. itch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement kt i Features of your vehicle OTA040015 Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And i
206. ition the seat so that all controls are easily reached Buckle your seat belt Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors e Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis the ON position with the exact interval depending on the Release the parking brake and make fluid Further details are provided in sure the brake warning light goes out Section 7 Maintenance For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment dn i ed Driving your vehicle d WARNING Driving while intoxicated Do not drive while intoxicated Drinking and driving is dangerous Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs is as danger ous as or more dangerous than driving drunk WARNING Loose object Securely store items in your vehi cle When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the oper ation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident WARNING Fire risk When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be care ful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of t
207. ity ous accidents Only a safe and attentive cator lights illuminate for Control is operating properly driver can prevent accidents by avoiding approximately 3 seconds you can feel a slight pulsation maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose then ESC is turned on in the vehicle This is only the traction Even with ESC installed always Press the ESC OFF button effect of brake control and follow all the normal precautions for driv for at least half a second after indicates nothing unusual Ing including driving at safe speeds for turning the ignition ON to turn e When moving out of the mud the conditions 7 ESC off ESC OFF indicator or slippery road pressing the The Electronic Stability Control ESC will illuminate To turn the accelerator pedal may not system is an electronic system designed ESC on press the ESC OFF cause the engine rpm revo to help the driver maintain vehicle control button ESC OFF indicator lutions per minute to under adverse conditions It is not a light will go off increase substitute for safe driving practices e When starting the engine eli nail eg ou Se whether ESC will be effective in SRI preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pe
208. ive In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Anti Lock Brake Sys tem is functioning properly Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The Anti Lock Brake System cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the Anti Lock Brake System may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Drivine vour vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the igni tion switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi ble When you drive on a road with poor traction suc
209. k or the warning Key not key if equipped in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle o indicator or warning will turn off while 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly the vehicle is moving Always have the applied smart key with you 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P The engine will start only when the Park smart key is in the vehicle 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton while depressing the brake pedal It should be started without depress ing the accelerator Driving your vehicle OUB051003 NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key Continued Continued e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation A The manual transaxle has 6
210. ke pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal dn i n i i i n Maintenance EE NMMS J _ bEI i I rl 1 _5_ aA amp amp na3 aa E a a a a aaa zEEF r9 _ltumtu At least monthly At least twice a year At least once a year e Check the coolant level in the engine i e every Spring and Fall e Clean the body and door drain holes coolant reservoir e Check the radiator heater and air con e Lubricate the door hinges and checks e Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or damage and hood hinges lights including the stoplights turn sig Check the windshield washer spray e Lubricate the door and hood locks and nals and hazard warning flashers and wiper operation Clean the wiper latches e Check the inflation pressures of all blades with clean cloth dampened with gt Lubricate the door rubber weather tires including the spare washer fluid strips e Check the headlight alignment e Check the air conditioning system Check the muffler exhaust pipes Check the power steering fluid level shields and clamps e Inspect and lubricate automatic Check the lap shoulder belts for wear transaxle linkage and controls
211. l History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep e Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds while guidance message is being stated Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds More Help Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep e End voice command Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds hoy E coe Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call f Beep Beep end beep Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command More Help Help Call lt Name gt Phone Favorites Call History Contacts Dial Number Redial Tutorial Function Provides guidance on commands that can be used anywhere in the system Provides guidance on commands that can be used within the current mode Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Ex Call John Smith Provides guidance on Phone related com
212. l cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascals kPa or pounds per square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle _ j Maintenance E 00QBD _ 11 6p6 6 e eoyeyeyoyo eyoyo o ozszszioiiuvozoui rizi aie _ _ _u_uadaa _a Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Max
213. ld the control lever forward for more than 5 seconds until the sunroof is operated as follows TILT DOWN gt SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the Motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The steering effort is high immediate ly after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position
214. ld water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking per formance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed J 7800 CAUTION Wetting engine Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them ka Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing 4 CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deteriorati
215. le 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support __ j What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the si n vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack OUB061003 OED066033 Removing and storing the spare Changing tires tire 1 Park on a level surface and apply Turn the tire hold down wing bolt the parking brake firmly counterclockwise 2 Shift the shift lever into R Store the tire in the reverse order of Reverse for manual transaxle or removal P Park for automatic transaxle To preven
216. le provided upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteris tics of your iPod iPhone device Features of your vehicle If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone select the Dock connector or Bluetooth Wireless Technology to change the sound output source When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly _ j Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Dele
217. lean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer dn i et i Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their rest
218. les This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Features of your vehicle Outside air ai Imi Blower Climate control Heater core Im Evaporator air filter Col OMG075033 Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e R
219. light outside the vehi cle Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly i el Features of vour vehicle OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane c
220. ll the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced 0UB071021 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with the memo ry fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other elec trical devices Maintenance 0UB071022 Engine compartment panel fuse r
221. llow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 lf the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance el What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables 4 CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 v
222. low down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehi cle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Driving your vehicle e Be cautious when parking on a hill Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade Firmly engage the parking brake and with the accelerator pedal This can place the shift lever in P automatic cause the transaxle to overheat transaxle or in first or reverse gear Always use the brake pedal or parking manual transaxle If your vehicle is brake facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then rele
223. lubricants and capacities 0000 8 6 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 7 Remote control Mirror LishakaneaGarnatieaniaptardamneldnanwwncedats 4 39 Remote keyless ENILY eee 4 7 Remote or Smart key battery replacement 4 9 Road warning iii iii 6 2 Rocking the vehicle eri inni 5 44 Roof antenna iii 4 102 TEE Index PS Scheduled maintenance service ii 77 Maintenance under severe usage conditions eee 7 20 Normal maintenance schedule 7 8 Seat belt warning ee ee ee N 3 13 ies Mok ee er ee ee ee 3 12 3 Point rear center belt sccscsectasenerasarsosnnnasencorennasgssionasones 3 16 Hi ght adjustment E E a 3 15 Pre tensioner seat bellica 3 17 Seat belt Driver s 3 point SYSTEM ci 3 14 Seat belt warning Rari 3 13 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 16 Seat Ware resssssscecscssecsssncccsscncccsencccsssscccseccescsnccsssnncescseees 3 7 Seatback pocket e a ante eat Aan es 3 8 Seating capacity LORIA a 5 52 Cda 3 2 Folding the rear lrn 3 10 Front seat adjustment ee a 3 4 Headrest front ereeerresrreresressseessreesreeessessseessreesseeesseesseens 3 5 Sate SRSA jersei pissen niniin 3 9 Rear seat 000 rccrccirccrecrienicezazeresicioionecerasio ee sonico raseseoieazeneo 3 9 Seatback pocket DIANE SANA Rane ine 3 8 O I O TTT 3 SEO OO O NOOO 5 19 Shopping bag holder sisciiiiizcirii 0 ec00000 4 99 Side impact air bagnini ii nireziaraciciciei 3 44 Smart key sini ana iii 4 4 N
224. luetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned Con Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technolo Audio Streaming Press the SETUP key Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set COn V C Ofi Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Technology audio features e Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB AUX My Music BT Audio e If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start e Play Stop playing in some mobile phones Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song The previous song next song play pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones j Features of vour vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wi
225. m is secure by pushing and pulling it in differ ent directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or sepa rate causing death or serious injury dn i i n i Safetv features of vour vehicle 1SAE3090A Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor Position Indicator n Child restraint bale are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt
226. mp LH Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Cooling Fan Low Relay Cooling Fan Hi Relay Oil Control Valve 1 2 Oxygen Sensor Up Down ead Lamp RH Maintenance i e P EEE E E EGeE E5 5 5 iiik k6KOA B l GT_ lt _ lt _Rpb moooooeee lt rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr_r_rrrrrr_rrr_rrr APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or co
227. mponents inside the vehicle as this may dam age them A CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Maintenance i o_o c sci 6 e t Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained Using anything but recommended clean ers and procedures may affect the fab rics appearance and fire resistant prop erties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become f
228. my and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehi cle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to pro vide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC sys
229. n the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds Press start with smart key j Please press stort button with smart key 0UB043075 If you press the engine start stop button while the warning Key is not detected is illuminated the warning Press the start button with smart key illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 sec onds ke el Features of vour vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Low key battery 0UB043076 If the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illu minates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine for automatic transaxle lt Press broke p dal to Stan engine OUB041077 If the engine start stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for manual transaxle so Press clutch pedal to Stan engine 0UB041078 If the engine start stop button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the but ton repeatedl
230. n use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to keep sufficient dis tance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and c
231. n causes of corrosion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the ve
232. n the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle N CAUTION Wipers amp windshields To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper lu arms and other components do OAM049103N OXM049125 not attempt to move the wipers Rear window wiper and washer Push the lever away from you to spray manually switch 5 door rear washer fluid and to run the rear The rear window wiper and washer wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper switch is located at the end of the wiper operation will continue until you release and washer switch lever Turn the switch the lever to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge OAM049052 Map lamp if equipped 1 Push the lens to turn the light on or off 2 DOOR The light comes on or goes off when a door is opened or closed 3 OFF Door switch is not pressed The light stays off at all times even when a door is opened When the light is turned on wi
233. n the cowl grill to improve 0UB041133 heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system reduce the probability of fogging UP To defog inside windshield the inside of the windshield DIR 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the or WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corre sponding button manually Features of vour vehicle safer 0UB041134 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the 7 position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automati cally according to certain conditions such as lt or W position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowings 0UB041137 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 7 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is cancele
234. nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do SO To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Charging system warning light E This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Trunk lid or tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid or tailgate is not closed secure ly with the ignition switch in any position a This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position Door aj
235. nctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly What to do in an emergency If the TPMS indicator does not illumi nate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or If it comes on after blinking for approximately one minute take your car to your nearest authorized kia dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure tell tale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one min
236. nd recon nected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon reset ting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the system will be restored Features of your vehicle After pairing is complete a con Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect tacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confir Press the key Select mation upon receiving a download Phone Select Paired Phone List request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones user s manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key Select Phone Select Paired Phone List From the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to t
237. nded lubricants and capacities in section 8 Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake Clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake lever and cables dn i i i n Maintenance E _ _ z L vuuwxm lt m iB DGIiI I ZIG__ aaae Rear brake drums and linings If equipped Check the rear brake drums and linings for scoring burning leaking fluid broken parts and excessive wear Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boo
238. ne within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home proce dure you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system n kt el Features of vour vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights The THEFT ALARM SYSTEM is not applied to the trunk lid of 4door sedan vehicles Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tail gate and engine hood are close
239. ne user s manual USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Device the call histo ry list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your vehicle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones e When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite e To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded e Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically u
240. near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by govern ment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehi cle s advanced air bag system However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or struc ture of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Safety features of your vehicle The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front pas senger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations Rear impact
241. ng on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather if equipped DRIVING MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION EVERY 120 000 km C D E F G MFJ EVERY 96 000 km A On ale Ch HI MORE FREQUENTLY C E E Driving in sandy areas F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 170 km h K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance 11_ _ _ vpeouw s sSi ____ o c lt lt G EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter a
242. ng seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position Safety features of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position fj B200A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front se
243. ngine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause elec tronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle i A i Shopping bag holder e Do not hang a bag weighing more than 3 kg 7 Ibs It may cause damage to the shopping bag holder e Do not hang the frail objects when you drive rough road the objects may be damaged OUB041159 Digital clock and calendar if equipped Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the clock and the calendar When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Features of your vehicle With audio on 1 Press the SETUP or Clock button 1 until the clock adjust mode dis played 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 2 and press it OUN026348 0UB041161N Setup the clock and calender Clothes hanger if equipped With audio off To use the hanger pull down the upper 1 Press the SETUP or Clock button portion of hanger 1 until the clock of the display blinks 2 Set the clock by turning the kno
244. ntent 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines treated with detergent addi tives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12 000 km or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are available from your author ized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other addi tives Operati
245. nti freeze as these may damage the paint finish i el Driving your vehicle Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNE
246. nto the auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehi cle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint sys tem To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OEN036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode Safety features of your vehicle OEN036103 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safetv features of vour vehicle Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child
247. ntrol to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the 4a position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 3 447 position Operation Tips To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button Set the mode t
248. nued n i n i i n Maintenance nr IIEr1I_______ _ _____o_oor__ NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 48 000 km or 24 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots 2 Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter 2 Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 60 000 km or 48 months Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 9 Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Replace air cleaner filter 10 11 er Cc _ Continued Continued 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt 2 Fuel fil
249. o improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating ad Cooling Se 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on 0UB041104N Features of vour vehicle 0UB041105 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air posi tion Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Si Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters el
250. o shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Shift lock override with smart Key sys tem If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following x i i s i GA E a i Mi 4 kr T 7 in k k F a Te hy he i i S 3 ty 8 ay he 7 Da s LI h 7 a Mi i ha 7 he n Il n b i x ra d k ty SI 0UB053015 shift lock access hole 1 and press down on the screwdriver Move the shift lever Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Carefully remove the cap covering the Insert a screwdriver into the access hole Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system Moving up a steep grade from a if equipped standing start The ignition key cannot be removed To move up a steep grade from a stand unless the shift lever is in the P Park ing start depress the brake pedal shift position the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load Good
251. o the position Set the air intake control to the recir culated air position However pro longed operation of the reticulated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed w N D ke ed Features of your vehicle A4 CAUTION Excessive AC While using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air condi tioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cyc
252. oad a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire guage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary lf the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount Maintenance If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire guage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge e Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden
253. ode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc If the SEEK button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP USB iPod mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped You can use a compatible phone via using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Detailed information for the Bluetooth Wireless Technology is described in the Audio system section el Features of vour vehicle z a AN Li k e 7 E e a 4 4 PAN n e ho i Aux USB and iPod If equipped If your vehicle has an AUX and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an AUX port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod When using a portable audio device con nected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device FM reception IONOSPHERE JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle
254. oderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decel erating should be avoided Starting the engine with an igni tion key if equipped If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position tl Driving your vehicle 5 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decel erating should be avoided Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the Gur or jm indi Starting the engine with a smart cator will blin
255. of the transmit ter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer Continued Continued e If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making calls receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jack et pocket and maintain adequate dis tance between the two devices This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of vour vehicle m Type A 1 Pry op
256. ogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container N CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance SS a m amp m a__ _ _ _ L D1 _ O OI I _ _ _ _ EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com plet
257. ol lever forward Features of vour vehicle To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily While driving with the sunroof in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pul sation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or elimi nated by taking the following actions If you experience the noise with the sun roof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OBK049018 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it D d OUB041028 Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position
258. oldereri oia 4 97 Curtain air Diaa E E 3 45 Index D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel AR 00 MEI 4 42 Dashboard see instrument cluster 00 4 41 Defogging Windshield eese 4 90 Defogging logic Windshield uiiinioninioa 4 91 Defroster Rear Winid ow tacerensesesestesmenenesrensanaorenernaness 4 80 Defrosting Windshield uciriiniicnninioi 4 90 Digital clocker mazioni 4 99 Deficit 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel mini 4 42 Displays see instrument cluster nni 4 41 Door locken a aAA T E E A 4 15 Central door lock switch iii ine 4 17 Child protector rear door lock rioni 4 18 Drinks holders see cup holders niionon i 4 97 Driver s 3 point seal belt 3 14 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 41 Driving at night aniiiizinianianizionivi1zzg 5 45 Driving in flooded areas tire iii ini 5 46 Driving in the rain 5 46 _ I AS__ mul e m gt C0_ pf O Index ss e E _ i ii m ii iTP y P y gt OO _ _ amp 0a _0u_m D D rr _ si 0 Dw0wW MWMmu UA_ lt Economical operation iii 5 42 Flat tire with spare tire 00 6 13 Electric power steering iii 4 35 Tack and t00 g eerror EE 6 13 Electronic stability program ESC iii 5 25 Changing tireseeseeeeeeeeerersreeeeessseeeerrsseeeersseeeeeesseeeenssses 6 14 Emergency starting E a as 6 4 Compact spare Lara 6 19 Jump starting e III TO 6 4 Removing and storing
259. olt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set Booster battery le A ei 1VQA4001 Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure Absorbent Glass Matt AGM batteries are maintenance free and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only fully automatic battery chargers that are spe cially developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery use only the Kia genuine battery for the ISG system NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times A CAUTION AGM battery cap Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery This may cause the leak of dangerous internal elec trolytes
260. om the seatback is not recommended dn i i E n n Safetv features of vour vehicle i VAL OUB031007 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck A OUB031005 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Fai i OUB034100 Removal and installation To remove the headrest 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the recline lever 1 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go 3 Press the headrest release button 3 while pulling the headrest up 4 Safety features of your vehicle To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the recline lever 3 3 Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height e a SE 08031008 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or t
261. on Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Limp home override procedure When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator goes off after blinking 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch Your password is only available from an authorized Kia dealership Contact an authorized dealer for more information The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion The immobilizer indicator will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home proce dure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the Same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input suc cessfully you have to start the engi
262. on Maintenance Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance cere ETt l_i _ rrrr_ t_ _ X V __ _ _ _ Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it
263. on you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm 0 24 in Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that
264. on in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rom and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Air bag warning light Charging system warning light SN Trunk tailgate open ajar warn ing light ABS warning light Seat belt warning light Door ajar warning light Turn signal indicator Immobilizer indicator High beam indicator Key out warning light ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator Electric power steering EPS system warning light ECO indicator Auto stop for ISG system OX Om indicator Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator 9 i E DI
265. operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 8 9 10 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Continued Continued 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts L Replace air cleaner filter 2 Replace climate control air filter if equipped 2 Replace engine oil and filter Every 12 000 km or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your
266. or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connec tor products as shown below j Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music gt BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Press the key Select 0 Display through the TUNE knob or key gt Select Media Display Media Display Media Display The screen dis play info can be changed to Album Artist Song name Repeat While song file is playing i RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen e To repeat one song Shortly press ing the key under 0 8 seconds Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 sec onds repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing SEB RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen e Random
267. ound where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C m
268. overnment and pub lic offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or trans mitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire A CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair and or inflate a low pres sure tire The tire sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sen sor and wheel shall be eliminat ed when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the
269. pdated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key Select Call History A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed Call history may not be saved in the call history list n some mobile phones e Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not pos sible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected e Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History e Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History j Features of your vehicle Contacts e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your device authorization upon attempt Bluetooth Wireless Technology ing to download contacts If down phone can be downloaded into the loading does not normally occur Press the key Select car contacts Contacts that have check the Bluetooth Wireless Contacts been downloaded to the car cannot Technology device settings or the be edited or deleted on the phone screen state Mobile phone contacts are man The contacts download feature may aged separately for each p
270. planation of scheduled maintenance items 7 22 Engine oil 7 25 Engine coolant 7 26 Brake clutch fluid 7 29 Automatic transaxle fluid 7 30 Washer fluid 7 30 Parking brake 7 31 Air cleaner 7 31 Climate control air filter 7 32 Wiper blades 7 32 Battery 7 34 Tires and wheels 7 37 Maintenance Fuses 7 49 Appearance care 7 60 Emission control system 7 66 Maintenance C O ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake clutch fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Positive battery terminal Negative battery terminal Windshield washer fluid reservoir Radiator cap 0 Engine oil dipstick O ON QD I Ft WN The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration 0UB071103N Maintenance nn RO RO N MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems
271. pright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to lowest position 0UB032018N 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback pull out the locked seat belt release it then pull it out again To unfold the rear seat 1 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback If you can not see the red line at the bottom of folding lever it means the seatback is locked completely 2 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 3 When the seatback is completely installed check the seatback folding lever again When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper posi tion ke el Safety features of your vehicle 44 WARNING Rear seatback When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright posi tion hold the seatback and return it slowly Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback In an accident or sud den stop the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and
272. puter is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving information except distance to empty and instant fuel consumption will reset if the battery is disconnected Features of your vehicle E Type A 0UB041051C Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 E Type A Ea Diones fo Empty 246km 0UB041052C Distance to empty This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 50 to 999 km 30 to 990 miles If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption and distance
273. r filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the cooling system components such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid If equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid If equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color CAUTION Specified fluid The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunc tion and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recomme
274. r lock system Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of vour vehicle Ni J See 008041009 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manu al while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Operate the other door locks and han dles front and rear Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside Driver s door Passenger s door 4 010 OUB041180N With central door lock switch
275. r possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept
276. raints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Safety features of your vehicle Rearward I facing child restraint system JEENE Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats dn i i Safety features of vour vehicle Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the sys tem checked immediately by your author ized Kia dealer E2MS103005 Lacing a passenger seat belt i
277. rakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced OUB051016 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addi tion it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a grade the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles N CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear 0UB051017 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Driving your vehicle DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illuminate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after t
278. re mobility Kits ninni 6 21 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 0000000 6 8 Tire specification and pressure label 000000 8 8 Tires and Whelan rnn nA anasinin EE EEEa 7 37 8 4 Checking tire inflation pressure iii JE Compact spare tire replacement Has en Eea E EEES 7 41 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures eee 7 37 TECE I ON TESS Tire maintenance ss s s sssssssseesessssssssssessesessesssesseeseees 7 41 Tire replacement T E T 7 40 Ibis Cutie oe 7 39 Tire sidewall labeling snnianiziornei i 0 TAI Index Tire traction anca re a Ene 7 41 Wheel alignment and tire balance eetere 7 40 Wheel replacement iii 7 4 TOWing rie 6 27 Towing Te down hogar ai 6 30 TOWING Capacity eanan aaia 5 52 Transaxle Automatie ttansaxzitnnana nio 5 15 Manual PG AK enrico reni riarotriazani asini 5 12 Trip COMPuter iii iii 4 45 lina iii aisi 4 18 U o O User settings E E A a r A N A atea 4 49 V Vehicle break in processione 1 4 Vehicle capacity weight ssuriiiaineiono 5 5 Vehicle certification label e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeessseseeeee g 7 Vehicle curb Weight erreren 5 56 Vehicle identification number VIN ii 8 8 celiaca 5 5 Cargo Capacity cirie iii ici 5 52 calati bili 5 54 Seating capacity e saan sepantacsaneannaae 5 52 EEE Index Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 5 52 Tire and loading information label 5 51 TW iil capac ty entencensestcnepsancanstapee
279. re of antifreeze and distilled water Manual transaxle 5 9 Z 5 8 US at Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator 0 7 0 8 Brake Clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 US qt ANSSITSDOTSOrDORA 43 1 11 3 US gal Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be dam aged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operation engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel econom
280. reless Technology mobile phone If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mount controls If equipped 1 Wo button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 Mode Change Each time the button pressed 3 Turns the sound on and off 4 a button Places and transfers calls 5 3 button Ends calls or cancels functions 6 button Activates voice recog nition e Check call history and making call Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number e Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed If call history does not exist a screen asking whet
281. res and wheels 8 5 Weight Volume 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 8 Vehicle certification label 8 8 Tire specification and pressure label 8 9 Engine number 8 9 Specifications amp Consumer information 8 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ENGINE 1 591 97 09 77 x 85 44 3 03 x 3 36 Firing order 1 3 4 2 DIMENSIONS VI O SN 4365 171 8 Overall length 4045 159 2 Overall width Overall height Displacement cc cu in Bore x Stroke mm in 185 65R15 1525 60 Rear tread 195 55R16 1511 59 4 205 45R17 1511 59 4 Wheelbase 2570 101 1 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE E 5 door Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type ee H11B P D D D 5 5 BW or LED Front inside Na D E righ mounted stop amp License plate lamp 5W X 2EA as tail bulb ee __ astailbulb cabine interior if equipped el Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects E 4 door to ssw m JE eow m Daytime Running amo e Front Position am w ww Tum signal lamp zew Paw Front fog lamp ew we Side markeright w ww O Woro lien 8W or LED P27 8W or LED i 8W or LED P27 8W or LED me De Stop lamp 27W or LED P27 8W or LED Tum signal PY2TW nn Back up amp WIW High mounted stop lamp W16W License plat
282. restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully 0UB031050K OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Safety features of your vehicle Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchorage system Child restraint hook holders are located on the floor behind the rear seats 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat e OUB031013N 1 Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posis otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Check that the child restraint syste
283. ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED DOWN zz To shift depress the brake pedal and press the button Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely 0UB051014 Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The f
284. rob lems may not be covered by the manu facturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful man ganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadi enyl Manganese Tricarbony Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and affect your emission con trol system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Introduction lle e Eei lt NRnk lt PV rr _ _ _ _ _ _____________________________________ e mer Use of MTBE Kia recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Co
285. rror don t fold it by i OUB041035 Folding the outside rearview mirror hand It could cause motor failure Manual type Electric Type if equipped To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the To fold the outside rearview mirror housing of mirror and then fold it toward depress the button the rear of the vehicle To unfold it depress the button again Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A l s 100 120 km h 0 Aa Em 160 x1000 rpm PU ipy sia 9 wN 1807 i f f D dl es i A to e a 200 ra ECO Mai Fi 220 Sini ins TRIPINSTRANGE AVG ET nl apa B 1000 rom al A OUTSIDE P 6 i CRUISE SET E J i Se H RA oO eS on BRAKE O me BRAKE SS 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Fuel gauge 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Warning and indicator lights 7 Shift position indicator A T or Manual transaxle shift indicator M T 8 Odometer Trip computer The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages 0UB044036C 0UB042037C Features of your vehicle 0UB041038 Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on push upward or downward the illumination control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination The brightness of the instrum
286. s Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 2 Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage 4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n _ N NN MMS E pMNRIANSiqmqm Il N JYW W K NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 216 00
287. s already heated because it will over heat e If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent over heating 4 CAUTION Cigarette lighter Do not insert accessories into the A cigarette lighter socket Doing so N S BDO can damage toe lighter socket N Cigarette lighter if equipped Ashtray if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the igni To use the ashtray open the cover tion switch must be in the ACC or ON To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out position To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the element is heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter use only a genuine Kia replace ment or its approved equivalent Features of vour vehicle Cup holder 4 CAUTION Do not place uncovered cups in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the liquid spills electric systems may malfunction en OUB041172 Sliding armrest if equipped To move forward Grab the front portion of the armrest 1 then pull it forward To move rearward po Push the armrest rearward with your palm OUB041179 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of vour vehicle PASSENGER AIR BAG FG A 0UB041144N Photo frame if equipped If you want to insert the photo in the frame 1 Press the cover and the photo frame will
288. s below 5 km h 3 mph Features of your vehicle Turn signal indicator lt The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights ON Tail light indicator DOS This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Engine oil pressure warning light ar This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Engine damage If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the engine is run ning serious eng
289. s for your eyes to read just to the darkness le 7 a Me m oe a gt a Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle
290. s of the solution di i i pi i n Maintenance 4 CAUTION Removing radi ator cap a Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use care when removing the radi ator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counter clockwise to remove it Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an author ized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radi ator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from over flowing into engine parts such as the alternator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID 0UB071007 Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamina tion if equipped 4 CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in
291. s turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turned to the right less than 30 degrees Low tire pressure if equipped 1 4 LowTirePressure OUB043210 This warning message will illuminate when one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated In this case we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an author ized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of vour vehicle REAR CAMERA DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED E Type A Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally d WARNING Backing amp using camera 0UB041092 5 OUB041093 The Rear Camera Display will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the uvo audio or navigation display back ing up WARNING Rearview camera The rear view camera is not a safe ty device It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle While the camera s display is generally accurate objects can be much closer than they appear in the display screen and can be dis torted in
292. se publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2014 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea modin E Your vehicle ata giance E Safety features of your vehicle ER Features of yourvehicle IN What fo do in an emergenoy SN Specifications amp Consumer information _ EI j Introduction
293. sed slide LEE the lever to the closed position RAMA GIU ii If some items in the cool box block the Luggage net holder vent the cooling effectiveness of the if equipped coolbox is reduced OIDOX uce To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net If necessary contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net Features of your vehicle To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when car rying fragile or bulky objects in the lug gage compartment AAA Luggage tray 5 door if equipped You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri angle tools etc in the box for easy access 1 Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it 2 Fold the rear part of luggage tray board frontward 3 Lift up luggage tray board frontward Luggage tray board stand itself Features of your vehicle yp pe OUB041 151 dl TTT iy ba TRY CUY MM QUB041 150 i OUB041178 Increase cargo space if equipped If you want to increase cargo space 1 Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it 2 Fold the rear part of the luggage tray board frontward 3 Lift the luggage tray board hinge and pull it to the end of sliding slot 4 Rotate it downward and slide it frontward refer to the above pictures Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES e Do not hold the lighter in after it i
294. selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played In iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob Plays selected song file j Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Randon Information features Repeat Press the key Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Features of your vehicle MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Folder Random Press the key Set ZF RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within
295. sengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an author ized Kia dealer if The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 0UB031041N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 7 8 9 1 Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors 0 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only Safety features of your vehicle 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assemblies if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while
296. should be maintained until the filling is complete Use only approved portable plastic fuel contain ers designed to carry and store gasoline Ay WARNING Static electricity e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static WARNING Fire explosion risk Read and follow all warnings post ed at the gas station facility Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or death due to fire or explo sion electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source WARNING Cell phone fires Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cellu lar phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire el Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel
297. system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle OAM039041 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passen gers of potential risks of the air bag sys tem Keys 4 2 Smart key 4 4 Remote keyless entry 4 7 Theft alarm system 4 12 Door locks 4 15 Trunk 4 18 Tailgate 4 20 Windows 4 22 Hood 4 26 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 28 Sunroof 4 31 Steering wheel 4 35 Mirrors 4 38 Instrument cluster 4 41 Rear Camera Display 4 69 Hazard warning flasher 4 70 Lighting 4 70 Wipers and washers 4 74 Interior light 4 78 Defroster 4 80 Manual climate control system 4 81 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 90 Storage compartment 4 92 Interior features 4 96 Audio system 4 102 Featur
298. t should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions under normal driv ing conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will oper ate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating If the ESC indicator stays on the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated dn i n i A Features of your vehicle o ti Low washer fluid level ones Low tire pressure telltale warning indicator SI if equipped This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty Refill the The low tire pressure telltale comes on washer fluid as soon as possible for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an Kia authorized dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also ill
299. t the Preset scan feature e CD USB iPod mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file SETUP 10 tito Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to the Display Sound Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Move to the Time set ting screen 11 GEN e Displays menus for the current mode iPod List Move to parent category 12 Ronen Radio Mode SIRIUS RADIO Category Search e MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search e iPod mode Moves to parent folder May differ depending on the selected audio 13 TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPod mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right When the desired song is dis played press the knob to play the song e Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Features of your vehicle 15 SIRIUS Satellite Radio i o 1208 e Changes to SIRIUS Satellite Radio x 28 ogo SS mode o oa 87 e Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 14 GZ e Changes to FM AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM
300. t the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Heated steering wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off lt will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If the ignition is turned off and then on again within a half hour while the heated steering wheel button is pressed the steering wheel heating system will remain on Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steer ing wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is OUB041031 damaged by sharp object dam Horn age to the heated steering wheel components could occur To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle MIRROR
301. t key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Features of your vehicle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the follow ing occurs The smart key is in the vehicle e The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk or tailgate is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s out side door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the driver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all the doors are unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen ger s outside door
302. t of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be rid ing in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 635 kg 1400 los and there will be five 68 kg 150 los passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs NO 5 Determine the combined weight of lug gage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug gage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Drivine vour vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle i Vehicle Vehicle 2 i j Capacity ee Capacity Capacity ee A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Subtract Occupant 136 kg a m 340 kg ee 370 kg 300 Ibs signi 750 Ibs eign 815 lbs
303. t panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions However children are Safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields
304. t protect the occupant in a crash d WARNING Damaged seat belt Replace the entire seat belt assem bly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damage as you can no longer be sure that a damage seat belt will provide protection in a crash Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle Chime Bel Light Blink peewee 6 seconds None 3 mph Buckled gt 5 km h seni Unbuckled 10 km h Above 10kmh 6 sec on 24 sec off 1GQA2083 6 mph 11 times Seat belt warning for driver s seat The driver s seat belt warning light and 6 seconds chime will activate to the following table Unbuckled 4 when the ignition switch is in ON posi Below 5 km h Stop tion 3 mph 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle Bel ight Bli Seat Belt Speed Light Blink TA T a 0 si A 10 km h di y S A ein Continuously 4 n oe tne i Buckled gt 6mph O l Unbuckled Below 10 km h None 6mph Seat belt warning for front passen ger s seat The seat belt warning light will go off if The front passenger s seat belt warning the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph If the vehicle speed light will activate to the following table when
305. t ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 89 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX16 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance n gt 5 gt 5U55iilYfhhh i iepPpia lt Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The
306. t the spare tire and tools 3 Activate the hazard warning flash from rattling while the vehicle is in er motion store them properly What to do in an emergenc To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked e a a E 110023 OUB061005 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position What to do in an emergency 0UB061008 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OUB061006 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nu
307. taining abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section 0UB041101 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 2 Mode selection knob 3 Temperature control knob 4 Air conditioning button if equipped 5 Rear window defroster button 6 Air intake control button 0UB041103 Features of vour vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position T
308. take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart key will not work if any of fol lowing occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work cor rectly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an author ized Kia dealer Continued Continued e If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making calls receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate dis tance between the two devices A4 CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not function properly This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must a
309. te All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set ZRDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing folder in random order Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set ilnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key e Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song e Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set Del All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set 6 Del Sel through the TUNE knob or Gia key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press the key and select the delete menu Features of your vehicle My Music AUX AUX Even if memory is available a AUX is used to play external MEDIA Fully insert the AUX cable into the maximum of 6 000 songs c
310. tem by pressing the RESET button In the User Setting mode select Maintenance n i n el Features of vour vehicle Tire Ratotion Engine DI n i z Set Tire Service Set Oll Service Sic M Stock a olote Tira Change Engine Ol Dieta Cale oan Se j HOFF OFF a Maintenance Reset Maintenance Reset 1 O70001 km i 015000 km RESET Set Alarm OO RESET MEG YS KA O10000 tenn C6500 km j OUB042070 OUB042071 OUB041072 Maintenance schedule Engine Oil Tire Rotation Service 2 If you would like to reset or inactivate 1 Select the desired engine oil tire rota Required the maintenance system press the tion maintenance schedule 1 If service is required the message will RESET button for more than 1 second 2 If finished you can come out of the be displayed The display will change to Engine Oil Maintenance mode by pressing the Service Message mode TRIP button for more than 2 seconds You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake
311. tem should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle 4 CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle 4 CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage OUN056051 Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in cor ners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night e Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several second
312. ter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n cc NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 72 000 km or 36 months 2 Inspect air cleaner filter 2 Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped 2 Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots LI Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped 9 3 4 a 6 T7 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operat
313. th the lens pressed the light is not turned off even with the switch in the OFF position Room lamp 1 ON The light stays on at all times 2 DOOR The light comes on or off when a door is opened or closed 3 OFF The light stays off at all times even when a door is opened Do not leave the switch in the ON posi tion for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running Features of vour vehicle _ OUB041099 Luggage room lamp The luggage room lamp comes on when the trunk tailgate is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk tailgate securely after using the luggage room Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off e The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed e The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or dam age the sunvisor ci T0UB041100 Glove box lamp The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box securely after using the glove box Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER 4 CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners con
314. the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key gt Set SIF RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set IA RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set Copy through the TUNE knob or Gia key e This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPod AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress j Features of your vehicle MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song
315. the active ECO but ton again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode QUIP PED Limitation of Active ECO operation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator e When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The system will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited Judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic wheneve
316. the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The headlight are ON 2 Engine stops OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle OAM049041 Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail posi tion license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OAM049042 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OFS040084 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of
317. the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 3 _ Passenger s front air bag NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and
318. the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds in ACC Features of your vehicle Low washer liquid if equipped Door open if equipped Fuel cap open warning if equipped Ra Low Wosher Fluid Check Fuel Cap Dear Open OUB041086 7 OUB041087 OUB041170 This warning light illuminates for 10 sec It displays the corresponding door or tail This warning light indicates the fuel filler onds when the washer fluid reservoir is gate that is not closed securely cap is not tight securely nearly empty If you press the TRIP button Always make sure that the fuel filler cap while the warning light is illuminating is tight LCD display mode is changed to the trip mode for 4 seconds and then will return to the low washer liquid mode Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Align steering wheel if equipped ic Align Steering Wheel OUB041088 If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees Align steering wheel if equipped Re Align Steanng Wheel OUB041089 If you start the engine when the steering wheel i
319. then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Safety features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag n 1 2 3 4 Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYF039050 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bag are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order
320. then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position N CAUTION Premature wear e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill or at a traffic light This will result in premature clutch wear Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of Stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life n i el Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t
321. tion switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and closing if equipped The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window sw
322. tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km miles 7 500 or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Without a spare tire ss vi es __ E S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped EB__ 6 Ca ES _ ES CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Maintenance EEE IEEEDOTT T T Te BDO Rf 66 UUUUUUUOUOOOMMMMO Oo M A _ lt za Rotate radial tires that have an asymm
323. to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken
324. ts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front pas senger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warn ing light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunc tion of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag 0UB031027 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side fron
325. ts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible injury Before put ting the wheel into place be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel such as mud tar gravel etc that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub What to do in an emergency 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise 0UB061007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated complete ly over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tight ness After changing
326. ts and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant If equipped Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L 7a ie DS OAM072003 Checking the engine oil level CAUTION i PREE engine If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground the level to F Do not overfill Do not overfill with engine oil 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Engine damage may result normal operating temperature Use a funnel to help prevent oil from 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few being spilled on engine components minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to p return to the oil pan Use only the specified engine oil Refer 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and to Recommended lubricants and capaci reinsert it fully ties in section 8 Maintenance Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at l
327. turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is securely one time tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly and make sure that it is secure ly closed Sa OUB041024 tan k OUB041025 Opening the fuel filler lid 1 Stop the engine The fuel filler lid must be opened from 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener up filler lid opener 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 If the fuel filler lid does not open because 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel ice has formed around it tap lightly or filler cap counterclockwise push on the lid to break the ice and 5 Refuel as needed release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radia tor anti freeze or move the vehicle to a NOTICE warm place and allow the ice to melt Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise_the fuel cap open warning indicator BS light will illuminate Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident x NOTICE When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle
328. uetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv ing practices and result in acci dents Refrain from excessive oper ations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time Features of your vehicle When connecting a Bluetooth Park the vehicle when connecting Phone the head unit with the mobile phone Before connecting the head unit Bluetooth connection may with the mobile phone check to become intermittently discon ports Bluetooth features Follow these steps to try again e Even if the phone supports 1 Within the mobile phone turn Bluetooth the phone will not be the Bluetooth function off on found during device searches if and try again the phone has been set to hidden 2 Turn the mobile phone power state or the Bluetooth power is Off On and try again State or turn on the Bluetooth phone battery reboot and then power prior to searching connect again ing with the Head unit 4 Reboot the Audio System and Bluetooth phone is automatically try again connected when the ignition on e If you do not want automatic con nection with your Bluetooth device turn off the Bluetooth feature within your mobile phone e The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobil
329. uminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more Information refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Key reminder warning chime If equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle
330. unlocked if the unlock but ton is pressed once more within 4 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Trunk tailgate open 3 if equipped The trunk tailgate is opened if the but ton is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk tailgate is opened and then closed the trunk tailgate will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter dn i i n i ni i n Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions The transmitter or smart key will not work if any of following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feetj The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold e The transmitter or smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation
331. ute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather lt does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres sure What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under infla tion warning at the same time as sys tem failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations g
332. vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the TPMS spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink or illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel locat ed in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized kia dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and dri
333. ven for less than 1 6 km 1 mile in that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradu ally and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE pio y Jack and tools The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack hand
334. w either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain Driving your vehicle 0UB051045 To cancel cruise control do one of the following Depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal with a manu al transaxle e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever 1 up to RES dn i n i E n n Driving your vehicle It will not resume however if the vehicle To turn cruise control off do one speed has dropped below approximately of the following co heat e Press the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go of
335. xceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected Auto down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 Climate control system See section 4 Clock See section 4 Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the All specifications sizes and pres vehicle has not been driven for at sures can be found on a label least three hours or driven less than attached to the drivers side center 1 6 km one mile pillar R
336. xternal USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not Supported If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Some USB devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera may be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehi cle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory read ers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable CAUTION USB Jack Damage The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB mem ory products which can be used as key chains
337. y If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or any thing else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weig
338. y and cold weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers C 30 F 20 10 0 Temperature Gasoline Engine Oil 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart 10 20 30 80 40 100 50 120 O 10 dn i o i n i Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN ae CERTIFICATION VIN Label if equipped OUB081001 OVQ076002N The vehicle identification number VIN is VIN label The vehicle certification label attatched the number used in registering your vehi The VIN is also on a plate attached to the on the driver s side center pillar gives the cle and in all legal matters pertaining to top of the dashboard The number on the vehicle identification number VIN its ownership etc plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside Specifications
339. y without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of vour vehicle For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Shift to P position for automatic transaxle PH SHIFT Shift to P Position OUB041079 If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Press start button again amp Press stan button again OUB041080 If you can not operate the engine start stop button when there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button once more The chime will stop if the engine start stop button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the engine start stop button take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system c
340. your vehicle accord ing to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine Kia cap or the equiv alent specified for your vehicle An incor rect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emis sion control system 4 CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur faces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OAM049018 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing condi tions After the vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof pull the sunroof control lever backward To close the sunroof push the sunroof contr
341. ystem Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maxi mum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept c

Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents